initial commit of ebook 2525HEADmain

9 files changed, 9091 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/2525-0.txt b/2525-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24f67e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/2525-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2798 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of John Ingerfield and Other Stories, by Jerome K. Jerome
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
+will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
+using this eBook.
+
+Title: John Ingerfield and Other Stories
+
+Author: Jerome K. Jerome
+
+Release Date: February, 2001 [eBook #2525]
+[Most recently updated: April 14, 2023]
+
+Language: English
+
+Produced by: David Price
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN INGERFIELD AND OTHER STORIES ***
+
+
+
+
+JOHN INGERFIELD
+AND OTHER STORIES
+
+by Jerome K. Jerome
+
+
+
+
+Contents
+
+ To the Gentle Reader
+ In Remembrance of John Ingerfield and of Anne, his Wife
+ The Woman of the Sæter
+ Variety Patter
+ Silhouettes
+ The Lease of the “Cross Keys”
+
+
+
+
+TO THE GENTLE READER;
+also
+TO THE GENTLE CRITIC.
+
+
+Once upon a time, I wrote a little story of a woman who was crushed to
+death by a python. A day or two after its publication, a friend stopped
+me in the street. “Charming little story of yours,” he said, “that
+about the woman and the snake; but it’s not as funny as some of your
+things!” The next week, a newspaper, referring to the tale, remarked,
+“We have heard the incident related before with infinitely greater
+humour.”
+
+With this—and many similar experiences—in mind, I wish distinctly to
+state that “John Ingerfield,” “The Woman of the Sæter,” and
+“Silhouettes,” are not intended to be amusing. The two other
+items—“Variety Patter,” and “The Lease of the Cross Keys”—I give over
+to the critics of the new humour to rend as they will; but “John
+Ingerfield,” “The Woman of the Sæter,” and “Silhouettes,” I repeat, I
+should be glad if they would judge from some other standpoint than that
+of humour, new or old.
+
+
+
+
+IN REMEMBRANCE OF JOHN INGERFIELD, AND OF ANNE, HIS WIFE
+A STORY OF OLD LONDON, IN TWO CHAPTERS
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+If you take the Underground Railway to Whitechapel Road (the East
+station), and from there take one of the yellow tramcars that start
+from that point, and go down the Commercial Road, past the George, in
+front of which stands—or used to stand—a high flagstaff, at the base of
+which sits—or used to sit—an elderly female purveyor of pigs’ trotters
+at three-ha’pence apiece, until you come to where a railway arch
+crosses the road obliquely, and there get down and turn to the right up
+a narrow, noisy street leading to the river, and then to the right
+again up a still narrower street, which you may know by its having a
+public-house at one corner (as is in the nature of things) and a marine
+store-dealer’s at the other, outside which strangely stiff and
+unaccommodating garments of gigantic size flutter ghost-like in the
+wind, you will come to a dingy railed-in churchyard, surrounded on all
+sides by cheerless, many-peopled houses. Sad-looking little old houses
+they are, in spite of the tumult of life about their ever open doors.
+They and the ancient church in their midst seem weary of the ceaseless
+jangle around them. Perhaps, standing there for so many years,
+listening to the long silence of the dead, the fretful voices of the
+living sound foolish in their ears.
+
+Peering through the railings on the side nearest the river, you will
+see beneath the shadow of the soot-grimed church’s soot-grimed
+porch—that is, if the sun happen, by rare chance, to be strong enough
+to cast any shadow at all in that region of grey light—a curiously high
+and narrow headstone that once was white and straight, not tottering
+and bent with age as it is now. There is upon this stone a carving in
+bas-relief, as you will see for yourself if you will make your way to
+it through the gateway on the opposite side of the square. It
+represents, so far as can be made out, for it is much worn by time and
+dirt, a figure lying on the ground with another figure bending over it,
+while at a little distance stands a third object. But this last is so
+indistinct that it might be almost anything, from an angel to a post.
+
+And below the carving are the words (already half obliterated) that I
+have used for the title of this story.
+
+Should you ever wander of a Sunday morning within sound of the cracked
+bell that calls a few habit-bound, old-fashioned folk to worship within
+those damp-stained walls, and drop into talk with the old men who on
+such days sometimes sit, each in his brass-buttoned long brown coat,
+upon the low stone coping underneath those broken railings, you might
+hear this tale from them, as I did, more years ago than I care to
+recollect.
+
+But lest you do not choose to go to all this trouble, or lest the old
+men who could tell it you have grown tired of all talk, and are not to
+be roused ever again into the telling of tales, and you yet wish for
+the story, I will here set it down for you.
+
+But I cannot recount it to you as they told it to me, for to me it was
+only a tale that I heard and remembered, thinking to tell it again for
+profit, while to them it was a thing that had been, and the threads of
+it were interwoven with the woof of their own life. As they talked,
+faces that I did not see passed by among the crowd and turned and
+looked at them, and voices that I did not hear spoke to them below the
+clamour of the street, so that through their thin piping voices there
+quivered the deep music of life and death, and my tale must be to
+theirs but as a gossip’s chatter to the story of him whose breast has
+felt the press of battle.
+
+* * * * *
+
+John Ingerfield, oil and tallow refiner, of Lavender Wharf, Limehouse,
+comes of a hard-headed, hard-fisted stock. The first of the race that
+the eye of Record, piercing the deepening mists upon the centuries
+behind her, is able to discern with any clearness is a long-haired,
+sea-bronzed personage, whom men call variously Inge or Unger. Out of
+the wild North Sea he has come. Record observes him, one of a small,
+fierce group, standing on the sands of desolate Northumbria, staring
+landward, his worldly wealth upon his back. This consists of a
+two-handed battle-axe, value perhaps some forty stycas in the currency
+of the time. A careful man, with business capabilities, may, however,
+manipulate a small capital to great advantage. In what would appear, to
+those accustomed to our slow modern methods, an incredibly short space
+of time, Inge’s two-handed battle-axe has developed into wide lands and
+many head of cattle; which latter continue to multiply with a rapidity
+beyond the dreams of present-day breeders. Inge’s descendants would
+seem to have inherited the genius of their ancestor, for they prosper
+and their worldly goods increase. They are a money-making race. In all
+times, out of all things, by all means, they make money. They fight for
+money, marry for money, live for money, are ready to die for money.
+
+In the days when the most saleable and the highest priced article in
+the markets of Europe was a strong arm and a cool head, then each
+Ingerfield (as “Inge,” long rooted in Yorkshire soil, had grown or been
+corrupted to) was a soldier of fortune, and offered his strong arm and
+his cool head to the highest bidder. They fought for their price, and
+they took good care that they obtained their price; but, the price
+settled, they fought well, for they were staunch men and true,
+according to their lights, though these lights may have been placed
+somewhat low down, near the earth.
+
+Then followed the days when the chief riches of the world lay tossed
+for daring hands to grasp upon the bosom of the sea, and the sleeping
+spirit of the old Norse Rover stirred in their veins, and the lilt of a
+wild sea-song they had never heard kept ringing in their ears; and they
+built them ships and sailed for the Spanish Main, and won much wealth,
+as was their wont.
+
+Later on, when Civilisation began to lay down and enforce sterner rules
+for the game of life, and peaceful methods promised to prove more
+profitable than violent, the Ingerfields became traders and merchants
+of grave mien and sober life; for their ambition from generation to
+generation remains ever the same, their various callings being but
+means to an end.
+
+A hard, stern race of men they would seem to have been, but just—so far
+as they understood justice. They have the reputation of having been
+good husbands, fathers, and masters; but one cannot help thinking of
+them as more respected than loved.
+
+They were men to exact the uttermost farthing due to them, yet not
+without a sense of the thing due from them, their own duty and
+responsibility—nay, not altogether without their moments of heroism,
+which is the duty of great men. History relates how a certain Captain
+Ingerfield, returning with much treasure from the West Indies—how
+acquired it were, perhaps, best not to inquire too closely—is
+overhauled upon the high seas by King’s frigate. Captain of King’s
+frigate sends polite message to Captain Ingerfield requesting him to be
+so kind as to promptly hand over a certain member of his ship’s
+company, who, by some means or another, has made himself objectionable
+to King’s friends, in order that he (the said objectionable person) may
+be forthwith hanged from the yard-arm.
+
+Captain Ingerfield returns polite answer to Captain of King’s frigate
+that he (Captain Ingerfield) will, with much pleasure, hang any member
+of his ship’s company that needs hanging, but that neither the King of
+England nor any one else on God Almighty’s sea is going to do it for
+him. Captain of King’s frigate sends back word that if objectionable
+person be not at once given up he shall be compelled with much regret
+to send Ingerfield and his ship to the bottom of the Atlantic. Replies
+Captain Ingerfield, “That is just what he will have to do before I give
+up one of my people,” and fights the big frigate—fights it so fiercely
+that after three hours Captain of King’s frigate thinks it will be good
+to try argument again, and sends therefore a further message,
+courteously acknowledging Captain Ingerfield’s courage and skill, and
+suggesting that, he having done sufficient to vindicate his honour and
+renown, it would be politic to now hand over the unimportant cause of
+contention, and so escape with his treasure.
+
+“Tell your Captain,” shouts back this Ingerfield, who has discovered
+there are sweeter things to fight for than even money, “that the _Wild
+Goose_ has flown the seas with her belly full of treasure before now,
+and will, if it be God’s pleasure, so do again, but that master and man
+in her sail together, fight together, and die together.”
+
+Whereupon King’s frigate pounds away more vigorously than ever, and
+succeeds eventually in carrying out her threat. Down goes the _Wild
+Goose_, her last chase ended—down she goes with a plunge, spit foremost
+with her colours flying; and down with her goes every man left standing
+on her decks; and at the bottom of the Atlantic they lie to this day,
+master and man side by side, keeping guard upon their treasure.
+
+Which incident, and it is well authenticated, goes far to prove that
+the Ingerfields, hard men and grasping men though they be—men caring
+more for the getting of money than for the getting of love—loving more
+the cold grip of gold than the grip of kith or kin, yet bear buried in
+their hearts the seeds of a nobler manhood, for which, however, the
+barren soil of their ambition affords scant nourishment.
+
+The John Ingerfield of this story is a man very typical of his race. He
+has discovered that the oil and tallow refining business, though not a
+pleasant one, is an exceedingly lucrative one. These are the good days
+when George the Third is king, and London is rapidly becoming a city of
+bright night. Tallow and oil and all materials akin thereto are in
+ever-growing request, and young John Ingerfield builds himself a large
+refining house and warehouse in the growing suburb of Limehouse, which
+lies between the teeming river and the quiet fields, gathers many
+people round about him, puts his strong heart into his work, and
+prospers.
+
+All the days of his youth he labours and garners, and lays out and
+garners yet again. In early middle age he finds himself a wealthy man.
+The chief business of life, the getting of money, is practically done;
+his enterprise is firmly established, and will continue to grow with
+ever less need of husbandry. It is time for him to think about the
+secondary business of life, the getting together of a wife and home,
+for the Ingerfields have ever been good citizens, worthy heads of
+families, openhanded hosts, making a brave show among friends and
+neighbours.
+
+John Ingerfield, sitting in his stiff, high-backed chair, in his
+stiffly, but solidly, furnished dining-room, above his counting-house,
+sipping slowly his one glass of port, takes counsel with himself.
+
+What shall she be?
+
+He is rich, and can afford a good article. She must be young and
+handsome, fit to grace the fine house he will take for her in
+fashionable Bloomsbury, far from the odour and touch of oil and tallow.
+She must be well bred, with a gracious, noble manner, that will charm
+his guests and reflect honour and credit upon himself; she must, above
+all, be of good family, with a genealogical tree sufficiently
+umbrageous to hide Lavender Wharf from the eyes of Society.
+
+What else she may or may not be he does not very much care. She will,
+of course, be virtuous and moderately pious, as it is fit and proper
+that women should be. It will also be well that her disposition be
+gentle and yielding, but that is of minor importance, at all events so
+far as he is concerned: the Ingerfield husbands are not the class of
+men upon whom wives vent their tempers.
+
+Having decided in his mind _what_ she shall be, he proceeds to discuss
+with himself _who_ she shall be. His social circle is small.
+Methodically, in thought, he makes the entire round of it, mentally
+scrutinising every maiden that he knows. Some are charming, some are
+fair, some are rich; but no one of them approaches near to his
+carefully considered ideal.
+
+He keeps the subject in his mind, and muses on it in the intervals of
+business. At odd moments he jots down names as they occur to him upon a
+slip of paper, which he pins for the purpose on the inside of the cover
+of his desk. He arranges them alphabetically, and when it is as
+complete as his memory can make it, he goes critically down the list,
+making a few notes against each. As a result, it becomes clear to him
+that he must seek among strangers for his wife.
+
+He has a friend, or rather an acquaintance, an old school-fellow, who
+has developed into one of those curious social flies that in all ages
+are to be met with buzzing contentedly within the most exclusive
+circles, and concerning whom, seeing that they are neither rare nor
+rich, nor extraordinarily clever nor well born, one wonders “how the
+devil they got there!” Meeting this man by chance one afternoon, he
+links his arm in his and invites him home to dinner.
+
+So soon as they are left alone, with the walnuts and wine between them,
+John Ingerfield says, thoughtfully cracking a hard nut between his
+fingers—
+
+“Will, I’m going to get married.”
+
+“Excellent idea—delighted to hear it, I’m sure,” replies Will, somewhat
+less interested in the information than in the delicately flavoured
+Madeira he is lovingly sipping. “Who’s the lady?”
+
+“I don’t know, yet,” is John Ingerfield’s answer.
+
+His friend glances slyly at him over his glass, not sure whether he is
+expected to be amused or sympathetically helpful.
+
+“I want you to find one for me.”
+
+Will Cathcart puts down his glass and stares at his host across the
+table.
+
+“Should be delighted to help you, Jack,” he stammers, in an alarmed
+tone—“’pon my soul I should; but really don’t know a damned woman I
+could recommend—’pon my soul I don’t.”
+
+“You must see a good many: I wish you’d look out for one that you
+_could_ recommend.”
+
+“Certainly I will, my dear Jack!” answers the other, in a relieved
+voice. “Never thought about ’em in that way before. Daresay I shall
+come across the very girl to suit you. I’ll keep my eyes open and let
+you know.”
+
+“I shall be obliged to you if you will,” replies John Ingerfield,
+quietly; “and it’s your turn, I think, to oblige me, Will. I have
+obliged you, if you recollect.”
+
+“Shall never forget it, my dear Jack,” murmurs Will, a little uneasily.
+“It was uncommonly good of you. You saved me from ruin, Jack: shall
+think about it to my dying day—’pon my soul I shall.”
+
+“No need to let it worry you for so long a period as that,” returns
+John, with the faintest suspicion of a smile playing round his firm
+mouth. “The bill falls due at the end of next month. You can discharge
+the debt then, and the matter will be off your mind.”
+
+Will finds his chair growing uncomfortable under him, while the Madeira
+somehow loses its flavour. He gives a short, nervous laugh.
+
+“By Jove,” he says: “so soon as that? The date had quite slipped my
+memory.”
+
+“Fortunate that I reminded you,” says John, the smile round his lips
+deepening.
+
+Will fidgets on his seat. “I’m afraid, my dear Jack,” he says, “I shall
+have to get you to renew it, just for a month or two,—deuced awkward
+thing, but I’m remarkably short of money this year. Truth is, I can’t
+get what’s owing to myself.”
+
+“That’s very awkward, certainly,” replies his friend, “because I am not
+at all sure that I shall be able to renew it.”
+
+Will stares at him in some alarm. “But what am I to do if I hav’n’t the
+money?”
+
+John Ingerfield shrugs his shoulders.
+
+“You don’t mean, my dear Jack, that you would put me in prison?”
+
+“Why not? Other people have to go there who can’t pay their debts.”
+
+Will Cathcart’s alarm grows to serious proportions. “But our
+friendship,” he cries, “our—”
+
+“My dear Will,” interrupts the other, “there are few friends I would
+lend three hundred pounds to and make no effort to get it back. You,
+certainly, are not one of them.”
+
+“Let us make a bargain,” he continues. “Find me a wife, and on the day
+of my marriage I will send you back that bill with, perhaps, a couple
+of hundred added. If by the end of next month you have not introduced
+me to a lady fit to be, and willing to be, Mrs. John Ingerfield, I
+shall decline to renew it.”
+
+John Ingerfield refills his own glass and hospitably pushes the bottle
+towards his guest—who, however, contrary to his custom, takes no notice
+of it, but stares hard at his shoe-buckles.
+
+“Are you serious?” he says at length.
+
+“Quite serious,” is the answer. “I want to marry. My wife must be a
+lady by birth and education. She must be of good family—of family
+sufficiently good, indeed, to compensate for the refinery. She must be
+young and beautiful and charming. I am purely a business man. I want a
+woman capable of conducting the social department of my life. I know of
+no such lady myself. I appeal to you, because you, I know, are intimate
+with the class among whom she must be sought.”
+
+“There may be some difficulty in persuading a lady of the required
+qualifications to accept the situation,” says Cathcart, with a touch of
+malice.
+
+“I want you to find one who will,” says John Ingerfield.
+
+Early in the evening Will Cathcart takes leave of his host, and departs
+thoughtful and anxious; and John Ingerfield strolls contemplatively up
+and down his wharf, for the smell of oil and tallow has grown to be
+very sweet to him, and it is pleasant to watch the moonbeams shining on
+the piled-up casks.
+
+Six weeks go by. On the first day of the seventh John takes Will
+Cathcart’s acceptance from its place in the large safe, and lays it in
+the smaller box beside his desk, devoted to more pressing and immediate
+business. Two days later Cathcart picks his way across the slimy yard,
+passes through the counting-house, and enters his friend’s inner
+sanctum, closing the door behind him.
+
+He wears a jubilant air, and slaps the grave John on the back. “I’ve
+got her, Jack,” he cries. “It’s been hard work, I can tell you:
+sounding suspicious old dowagers, bribing confidential servants,
+fishing for information among friends of the family. By Jove, I shall
+be able to join the Duke’s staff as spy-in-chief to His Majesty’s
+entire forces after this!”
+
+“What is she like?” asks John, without stopping his writing.
+
+“Like! My dear Jack, you’ll fall over head and ears in love with her
+the moment you see her. A little cold, perhaps, but that will just suit
+you.”
+
+“Good family?” asks John, signing and folding the letter he has
+finished.
+
+“So good that I was afraid at first it would be useless thinking of
+her. But she’s a sensible girl, no confounded nonsense about her, and
+the family are poor as church mice. In fact—well, to tell the truth, we
+have become most excellent friends, and she told me herself frankly
+that she meant to marry a rich man, and didn’t much care whom.”
+
+“That sounds hopeful,” remarks the would-be bridegroom, with his
+peculiar dry smile: “when shall I have the pleasure of seeing her?”
+
+“I want you to come with me to-night to the Garden,” replies the other;
+“she will be in Lady Heatherington’s box, and I will introduce you.”
+
+So that evening John Ingerfield goes to Covent Garden Theatre, with the
+blood running a trifle quicker in his veins, but not much, than would
+be the case were he going to the docks to purchase tallow—examines,
+covertly, the proposed article from the opposite side of the house, and
+approves her—is introduced to her, and, on closer inspection, approves
+her still more—receives an invitation to visit—visits frequently, and
+each time is more satisfied of the rarity, serviceableness, and quality
+of the article.
+
+If all John Ingerfield requires for a wife is a beautiful social
+machine, surely here he has found his ideal. Anne Singleton, only
+daughter of that persistently unfortunate but most charming of
+baronets, Sir Harry Singleton (more charming, it is rumoured, outside
+his family circle than within it), is a stately, graceful, high-bred
+woman. Her portrait, by Reynolds, still to be seen above the carved
+wainscoting of one of the old City halls, shows a wonderfully handsome
+and clever face, but at the same time a wonderfully cold and heartless
+one. It is the face of a woman half weary of, half sneering at the
+world. One reads in old family letters, whereof the ink is now very
+faded and the paper very yellow, long criticisms of this portrait. The
+writers complain that if the picture is at all like her she must have
+greatly changed since her girlhood, for they remember her then as
+having a laughing and winsome expression.
+
+They say—they who knew her in after-life—that this earlier face came
+back to her in the end, so that the many who remembered opening their
+eyes and seeing her bending down over them could never recognise the
+portrait of the beautiful sneering lady, even when they were told whom
+it represented.
+
+But at the time of John Ingerfield’s strange wooing she was the Anne
+Singleton of Sir Joshua’s portrait, and John Ingerfield liked her the
+better that she was.
+
+He had no feeling of sentiment in the matter himself, and it simplified
+the case that she had none either. He offered her a plain bargain, and
+she accepted it. For all he knew or cared, her attitude towards this
+subject of marriage was the usual one assumed by women. Very young
+girls had their heads full of romantic ideas. It was better for her and
+for him that she had got rid of them.
+
+“Ours will be a union founded on good sense,” said John Ingerfield.
+
+“Let us hope the experiment will succeed,” said Anne Singleton.
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+But the experiment does not succeed. The laws of God decree that man
+shall purchase woman, that woman shall give herself to man, for other
+coin than that of good sense. Good sense is not a legal tender in the
+marriage mart. Men and women who enter therein with only sense in their
+purse have no right to complain if, on reaching home, they find they
+have concluded an unsatisfactory bargain.
+
+John Ingerfield, when he asked Anne Singleton to be his wife, felt no
+more love for her than he felt for any of the other sumptuous household
+appointments he was purchasing about the same time, and made no
+pretence of doing so. Nor, had he done so, would she have believed him;
+for Anne Singleton has learned much in her twenty-two summers and
+winters, and knows that love is only a meteor in life’s sky, and that
+the true lodestar of this world is gold. Anne Singleton has had her
+romance and buried it deep down in her deep nature and over its grave,
+to keep its ghost from rising, has piled the stones of indifference and
+contempt, as many a woman has done before and since. Once upon a time
+Anne Singleton sat dreaming out a story. It was a story old as the
+hills—older than some of them—but to her, then, it was quite new and
+very wonderful. It contained all the usual stock material common to
+such stories: the lad and the lass, the plighted troth, the richer
+suitors, the angry parents, the love that was worth braving all the
+world for. One day into this dream there fell from the land of the
+waking a letter, a poor, pitiful letter: “You know I love you and only
+you,” it ran; “my heart will always be yours till I die. But my father
+threatens to stop my allowance, and, as you know, I have nothing of my
+own except debts. Some would call her handsome, but how can I think of
+her beside you? Oh, why was money ever let to come into the world to
+curse us?” with many other puzzling questions of a like character, and
+much severe condemnation of Fate and Heaven and other parties
+generally, and much self-commiseration.
+
+Anne Singleton took long to read the letter. When she had finished it,
+and had read it through again, she rose, and, crushing it her hand,
+flung it in the fire with a laugh, and as the flame burnt up and died
+away felt that her life had died with it, not knowing that bruised
+hearts can heal.
+
+So when John Ingerfield comes wooing, and speaks to her no word of love
+but only of money, she feels that here at last is a genuine voice that
+she can trust. Love of the lesser side of life is still left to her. It
+will be pleasant to be the wealthy mistress of a fine house, to give
+great receptions, to exchange the secret poverty of home for display
+and luxury. These things are offered to her on the very terms she would
+have suggested herself. Accompanied by love she would have refused
+them, knowing she could give none in return.
+
+But a woman finds it one thing not to desire affection and another
+thing not to possess it. Day by day the atmosphere of the fine house in
+Bloomsbury grows cold and colder about her heart. Guests warm it at
+times for a few hours, then depart, leaving it chillier than before.
+
+For her husband she attempts to feel indifference, but living creatures
+joined together cannot feel indifference for each other. Even two dogs
+in a leash are compelled to think of one another. A man and wife must
+love or hate, like or dislike, in degree as the bond connecting them is
+drawn tight or allowed to hang slack. By mutual desire their chains of
+wedlock have been fastened as loosely as respect for security will
+permit, with the happy consequence that her aversion to him does not
+obtrude itself beyond the limits of politeness.
+
+Her part of the contract she faithfully fulfils, for the Singletons
+also have their code of honour. Her beauty, her tact, her charm, her
+influence, are devoted to his service—to the advancement of his
+position, the furtherance of his ambition. Doors that would otherwise
+remain closed she opens to him. Society, that would otherwise pass by
+with a sneer, sits round his table. His wishes and pleasures are hers.
+In all things she yields him wifely duty, seeks to render herself
+agreeable to him, suffers in silence his occasional caresses. Whatever
+was implied in the bargain, that she will perform to the letter.
+
+He, on his side, likewise performs his part with businesslike
+conscientiousness—nay, seeing that the pleasing of her brings no
+personal gratification to himself—not without generosity. He is ever
+thoughtful of and deferential to her, awarding her at all times an
+unvarying courteousness that is none the less sincere for being
+studied. Her every expressed want is gratified, her every known
+distaste respected. Conscious of his presence being an oppression to
+her, he is even careful not to intrude it upon her oftener than is
+necessary.
+
+At times he asks himself, somewhat pertinently, what he has gained by
+marriage—wonders whether this social race was quite the most
+interesting game he could have elected to occupy his leisure—wonders
+whether, after all, he would not have been happier over his
+counting-house than in these sumptuous, glittering rooms, where he
+always seems, and feels himself to be, the uninvited guest.
+
+The only feeling that a closer intimacy has created in him for his wife
+is that of indulgent contempt. As there is no equality between man and
+woman, so there can be no respect. She is a different being. He must
+either look up to her as superior to himself, or down upon her as
+inferior. When a man does the former he is more or less in love, and
+love to John Ingerfield is an unknown emotion. Her beauty, her charm,
+her social tact—even while he makes use of them for his own purposes,
+he despises as the weapons of a weak nature.
+
+So in their big, cold mansion John Ingerfield and Anne, his wife, sit
+far apart, strangers to one another, neither desiring to know the other
+nearer.
+
+About his business he never speaks to her, and she never questions him.
+To compensate for the slight shrinkage of time he is able to devote to
+it, he becomes more strict and exacting; grows a harsher master to his
+people, a sterner creditor, a greedier dealer, squeezing the uttermost
+out of every one, feverish to grow richer, so that he may spend more
+upon the game that day by day he finds more tiresome and uninteresting.
+
+And the piled-up casks upon his wharves increase and multiply; and on
+the dirty river his ships and barges lie in ever-lengthening lines; and
+round his greasy cauldrons sweating, witch-like creatures swarm in
+ever-denser numbers, stirring oil and tallow into gold.
+
+Until one summer, from its nest in the far East, there flutters
+westward a foul thing. Hovering over Limehouse suburb, seeing it
+crowded and unclean, liking its fetid smell, it settles down upon it.
+
+Typhus is the creature’s name. At first it lurks there unnoticed,
+battening upon the rich, rank food it finds around it, until, grown too
+big to hide longer, it boldly shows its hideous head, and the white
+face of Terror runs swiftly through alley and street, crying as it
+runs, forces itself into John Ingerfield’s counting-house, and tells
+its tale. John Ingerfield sits for a while thinking. Then he mounts his
+horse and rides home at as hard a pace as the condition of the streets
+will allow. In the hall he meets Anne going out, and stops her.
+
+“Don’t come too near me,” he says quietly. “Typhus fever has broken out
+at Limehouse, and they say one can communicate it, even without having
+it oneself. You had better leave London for a few weeks. Go down to
+your father’s: I will come and fetch you when it is all over.”
+
+He passes her, giving her a wide berth, and goes upstairs, where he
+remains for some minutes in conversation with his valet. Then, coming
+down, he remounts and rides off again.
+
+After a little while Anne goes up into his room. His man is kneeling in
+the middle of the floor, packing a valise.
+
+“Where are you to take it?” she asks.
+
+“Down to the wharf, ma’am,” answers the man: “Mr. Ingerfield is going
+to be there for a day or two.”
+
+Then Anne sits in the great empty drawing-room, and takes _her_ turn at
+thinking.
+
+John Ingerfield finds, on his return to Limehouse, that the evil has
+greatly increased during the short time he has been away. Fanned by
+fear and ignorance, fed by poverty and dirt, the scourge is spreading
+through the district like a fire. Long smouldering in secret, it has
+now burst forth at fifty different points at once. Not a street, not a
+court but has its “case.” Over a dozen of John’s hands are down with it
+already. Two more have sunk prostrate beside their work within the last
+hour. The panic grows grotesque. Men and women tear their clothes off,
+looking to see if they have anywhere upon them a rash or a patch of
+mottled skin, find that they have, or imagine that they have, and rush,
+screaming, half-undressed, into the street. Two men, meeting in a
+narrow passage, both rush back, too frightened to pass each other. A
+boy stoops down and scratches his leg—not an action that under ordinary
+circumstances would excite much surprise in that neighbourhood. In an
+instant there is a wild stampede from the room, the strong trampling on
+the weak in their eagerness to escape.
+
+These are not the days of organised defence against disease. There are
+kind hearts and willing hands in London town, but they are not yet
+closely enough banded together to meet a swift foe such as this. There
+are hospitals and charities galore, but these are mostly in the City,
+maintained by the City Fathers for the exclusive benefit of poor
+citizens and members of the guilds. The few free hospitals are already
+over-crowded and ill-prepared. Squalid, outlying Limehouse, belonging
+to nowhere, cared for by nobody, must fight for itself.
+
+John Ingerfield calls the older men together, and with their help
+attempts to instil some sense and reason into his terrified people.
+Standing on the step of his counting-house, and addressing as many of
+them as are not too scared to listen, he tells them of the danger of
+fear and of the necessity for calmness and courage.
+
+“We must face and fight this thing like men,” he cries, in that deep,
+din-conquering voice that has served the Ingerfields in good stead on
+many a steel-swept field, on many a storm-struck sea; “there must be no
+cowardly selfishness, no faint-hearted despair. If we’ve got to die
+we’ll die; but please God we’ll live. Anyhow, we will stick together,
+and help each other. I mean to stop here with you, and do what I can
+for you. None of my people shall want.”
+
+John Ingerfield ceases, and as the vibrations of his strong tones roll
+away a sweet voice from beside him rises clear and firm:—
+
+“I have come down to be with you also, and to help my husband. I shall
+take charge of the nursing and tending of your sick, and I hope I shall
+be of some real use to you. My husband and I are so sorry for you in
+your trouble. I know you will be brave and patient. We will all do our
+best, and be hopeful.”
+
+He turns, half expecting to see only the empty air and to wonder at the
+delirium in his brain. She puts her hand in his, and their eyes meet;
+and in that moment, for the first time in their lives, these two see
+one another.
+
+They speak no word. There is no opportunity for words. There is work to
+be done, and done quickly, and Anne grasps it with the greed of a woman
+long hungry for the joy of doing. As John watches her moving swiftly
+and quietly through the bewildered throng, questioning, comforting,
+gently compelling, the thought comes to him, Ought he to allow her to
+be here, risking her life for his people? followed by the thought, How
+is he going to prevent it? For in this hour the knowledge is born
+within him that Anne is not his property; that he and she are fellow
+hands taking their orders from the same Master; that though it be well
+for them to work together and help each other, they must not hinder one
+another.
+
+As yet John does not understand all this. The idea is new and strange
+to him. He feels as the child in a fairy story on suddenly discovering
+that the trees and flowers he has passed by carelessly a thousand times
+can think and talk. Once he whispers to her of the labour and the
+danger, but she answers simply, “They are my people too, John: it is my
+work”; and he lets her have her way.
+
+Anne has a true woman’s instinct for nursing, and her strong sense
+stands her in stead of experience. A glance into one or two of the
+squalid dens where these people live tells her that if her patients are
+to be saved they must be nursed away from their own homes; and she
+determines to convert the large counting-house—a long, lofty room at
+the opposite end of the wharf to the refinery—into a temporary
+hospital. Selecting some seven or eight of the most reliable women to
+assist her, she proceeds to prepare it for its purpose. Ledgers might
+be volumes of poetry, bills of lading mere street ballads, for all the
+respect that is shown to them. The older clerks stand staring aghast,
+feeling that the end of all things is surely at hand, and that the
+universe is rushing down into space, until, their idleness being
+detected, they are themselves promptly impressed for the sacrilegious
+work, and made to assist in the demolition of their own temple.
+
+Anne’s commands are spoken very sweetly, and are accompanied by the
+sweetest of smiles; but they are nevertheless commands, and somehow it
+does not occur to any one to disobey them. John—stern, masterful,
+authoritative John, who has never been approached with anything more
+dictatorial than a timid request since he left Merchant Taylors’ School
+nineteen years ago, who would have thought that something had suddenly
+gone wrong with the laws of Nature if he had been—finds himself
+hurrying along the street on his way to a druggist’s shop, slackens his
+pace an instant to ask himself why and wherefore he is doing so,
+recollects that he was told to do so and to make haste back, marvels
+who could have dared to tell him to do anything and to make haste back,
+remembers that it was Anne, is not quite sure what to think about it,
+but hurries on. He “makes haste back,” is praised for having been so
+quick, and feels pleased with himself; is sent off again in another
+direction, with instructions what to say when he gets there. He starts
+off (he is becoming used to being ordered about now). Halfway there
+great alarm seizes him, for on attempting to say over the message to
+himself, to be sure that he has it quite right, he discovers he has
+forgotten it. He pauses, nervous and excited; cogitates as to whether
+it will be safe for him to concoct a message of his own, weighs
+anxiously the chances—supposing that he does so—of being found out.
+Suddenly, to his intense surprise and relief, every word of what he was
+told to say comes back to him; and he hastens on, repeating it over and
+over to himself as he walks, lest it should escape him again.
+
+And then a few hundred yards farther on there occurs one of the most
+extraordinary events that has ever happened in that street before or
+since: John Ingerfield laughs.
+
+John Ingerfield, of Lavender Wharf, after walking two-thirds of Creek
+Lane, muttering to himself with his eyes on the ground, stops in the
+middle of the road and laughs; and one small boy, who tells the story
+to his dying day, sees him and hears him, and runs home at the top of
+his speed with the wonderful news, and is conscientiously slapped by
+his mother for telling lies.
+
+All that day Anne works like a heroine, John helping her, and
+occasionally getting in the way. By night she has her little hospital
+prepared and three beds already up and occupied; and, all now done that
+can be done, she and John go upstairs to his old rooms above the
+counting-house.
+
+John ushers her into them with some misgiving, for by contrast with the
+house at Bloomsbury they are poor and shabby. He places her in the
+arm-chair near the fire, begging her to rest quiet, and then assists
+his old housekeeper, whose wits, never of the strongest, have been
+scared by the day’s proceeding, to lay the meal.
+
+Anne’s eyes follow him as he moves about the room. Perhaps here, where
+all the real part of his life has been passed, he is more his true self
+than amid the unfamiliar surroundings of fashion; perhaps this simpler
+frame shows him to greater advantage; but Anne wonders how it is she
+has never noticed before that he is a well-set, handsome man. Nor,
+indeed, is he so very old-looking. Is it a trick of the dim light, or
+what? He looks almost young. But why should he not look young, seeing
+he is only thirty-six, and at thirty-six a man is in his prime? Anne
+wonders why she has always thought of him as an elderly person.
+
+A portrait of one of John’s ancestors hangs over the great
+mantelpiece—of that sturdy Captain Ingerfield who fought the King’s
+frigate rather than give up one of his people. Anne glances from the
+dead face to the living and notes the strong likeness between them.
+Through her half-closed eyes she sees the grim old captain hurling back
+his message of defiance, and his face is the face she saw a few hours
+ago, saying, “I mean to stop here with you and do what I can for you.
+None of my people shall want.”
+
+John is placing a chair for her at the table, and the light from the
+candles falls upon him. She steals another glance at his face—a strong,
+stern, handsome face, capable of becoming a noble face. Anne wonders if
+it has ever looked down tenderly at anyone; feels a sudden fierce pain
+at the thought; dismisses the thought as impossible; wonders,
+nevertheless, how tenderness would suit it; thinks she would like to
+see a look of tenderness upon it, simply out of curiosity; wonders if
+she ever will.
+
+She rouses herself from her reverie as John, with a smile, tells her
+supper is ready, and they seat themselves opposite each other, an odd
+air of embarrassment pervading.
+
+Day by day their work grows harder; day by day the foe grows stronger,
+fiercer, more all-conquering; and day by day, fighting side by side
+against it, John Ingerfield and Anne, his wife, draw closer to each
+other. On the battle-field of life we learn the worth of strength. Anne
+feels it good, when growing weary, to glance up and find him near her;
+feels it good, amid the troubled babel round her, to hear the deep,
+strong music of his voice.
+
+And John, watching Anne’s fair figure moving to and fro among the
+stricken and the mourning; watching her fair, fluttering hands, busy
+with their holy work, her deep, soul-haunting eyes, changeful with the
+light and shade of tenderness; listening to her sweet, clear voice,
+laughing with the joyous, comforting the comfortless, gently
+commanding, softly pleading, finds creeping into his brain strange new
+thoughts concerning women—concerning this one woman in particular.
+
+One day, rummaging over an old chest, he comes across a coloured
+picture-book of Bible stories. He turns the torn pages fondly,
+remembering the Sunday afternoons of long ago. At one picture, wherein
+are represented many angels, he pauses; for in one of the younger
+angels of the group—one not quite so severe of feature as her
+sisters—he fancies he can trace resemblance to Anne. He lingers long
+over it. Suddenly there rushes through his brain the thought, How good
+to stoop and kiss the sweet feet of such a woman! and, thinking it, he
+blushes like a boy.
+
+So from the soil of human suffering spring the flowers of human love
+and joy, and from the flowers there fall the seeds of infinite pity for
+human pain, God shaping all things to His ends.
+
+Thinking of Anne, John’s face grows gentler, his hand kinder; dreaming
+of him, her heart grows stronger, deeper, fuller. Every available room
+in the warehouse has been turned into a ward, and the little hospital
+is open free to all, for John and Anne feel that the whole world are
+their people. The piled-up casks are gone—shipped to Woolwich and
+Gravesend, bundled anywhere out of the way, as though oil and tallow
+and the gold they can be stirred into were matters of small moment in
+this world, not to be thought of beside such a thing as the helping of
+a human brother in sore strait.
+
+All the labour of the day seems light to them, looking forward to the
+hour when they sit together in John’s old shabby dining-room above the
+counting-house. Yet a looker-on might imagine such times dull to them;
+for they are strangely shy of one another, strangely sparing of
+words—fearful of opening the flood-gates of speech, feeling the
+pressure of the pent-up thought.
+
+One evening, John, throwing out words, not as a sop to the necessity
+for talk, but as a bait to catch Anne’s voice, mentions girdle-cakes,
+remembers that his old housekeeper used to be famous for the making of
+them, and wonders if she has forgotten the art.
+
+Anne, answering tremulously, as though girdle-cakes were a somewhat
+delicate topic, claims to be a successful amateur of them herself.
+John, having been given always to understand that the talent for them
+was exceedingly rare, and one usually hereditary, respectfully doubts
+Anne’s capabilities, deferentially suggesting that she is thinking of
+scones. Anne indignantly repudiates the insinuation, knows quite well
+the difference between girdle-cakes and scones, offers to prove her
+powers by descending into the kitchen and making some then and there,
+if John will accompany her and find the things for her.
+
+John accepts the challenge, and, guiding Anne with one shy, awkward
+hand, while holding aloft a candle in the other, leads the way. It is
+past ten o’clock, and the old housekeeper is in bed. At each creaking
+stair they pause, to listen if the noise has awakened her; then,
+finding all silent, creep forward again, with suppressed laughter,
+wondering with alarm, half feigned, half real, what the prim,
+methodical dame would say were she to come down and catch them.
+
+They reach the kitchen, thanks more to the suggestions of a friendly
+cat than to John’s acquaintanceship with the geography of his own
+house; and Anne rakes together the fire and clears the table for her
+work. What possible use John is to her—what need there was for her
+stipulating that he should accompany her, Anne might find it difficult,
+if examined, to explain satisfactorily. As for his “finding the things”
+for her, he has not the faintest notion where they are, and possesses
+no natural aptitude for discovery. Told to find flour, he industriously
+searches for it in the dresser drawers; sent for the rolling-pin—the
+nature and characteristics of rolling-pins being described to him for
+his guidance—he returns, after a prolonged absence, with the copper
+stick. Anne laughs at him; but really it would seem as though she
+herself were almost as stupid, for not until her hands are covered with
+flour does it occur to her that she has not taken that preliminary step
+in all cooking operations of rolling up her sleeves.
+
+She holds out her arms to John, first one and then the other, asking
+him sweetly if he minds doing it for her. John is very slow and clumsy,
+but Anne stands very patient. Inch by inch he peels the black sleeve
+from the white round arm. Hundreds of times must he have seen those
+fair arms, bare to the shoulder, sparkling with jewels; but never
+before has he seen their wondrous beauty. He longs to clasp them round
+his neck, yet is fearful lest his trembling fingers touching them as he
+performs his tantalising task may offend her. Anne thanks him, and
+apologises for having given him so much trouble, and he murmurs some
+meaningless reply, and stands foolishly silent, watching her.
+
+Anne seems to find one hand sufficient for her cake-making, for the
+other rests idly on the table—very near to one of John’s, as she would
+see were not her eyes so intent upon her work. How the impulse came to
+him, where he—grave, sober, business-man John—learnt such story-book
+ways can never be known; but in one instant he is down on both knees,
+smothering the floury hand with kisses, and the next moment Anne’s arms
+are round his neck and her lips against his, and the barrier between
+them is swept away, and the deep waters of their love rush together.
+
+With that kiss they enter a new life whereinto one may not follow them.
+One thinks it must have been a life made strangely beautiful by
+self-forgetfulness, strangely sweet by mutual devotion—a life too
+ideal, perhaps, to have remained for long undimmed by the mists of
+earth.
+
+They who remember them at that time speak of them in hushed tones, as
+one speaks of visions. It would almost seem as though from their faces
+in those days there shone a radiance, as though in their voices dwelt a
+tenderness beyond the tenderness of man.
+
+They seem never to rest, never to weary. Day and night, through that
+little stricken world, they come and go, bearing healing and peace,
+till at last the plague, like some gorged beast of prey, slinks slowly
+back towards its lair, and men raise their heads and breathe.
+
+One afternoon, returning from a somewhat longer round than usual, John
+feels a weariness creeping into his limbs, and quickens his step, eager
+to reach home and rest. Anne, who has been up all the previous night,
+is asleep, and not wishing to disturb her, he goes into the dining-room
+and sits down in the easy chair before the fire. The room strikes cold.
+He stirs the logs, but they give out no greater heat. He draws his
+chair right in front of them, and sits leaning over them with his feet
+on the hearth and his hands outstretched towards the blaze; yet he
+still shivers.
+
+Twilight fills the room and deepens into dusk. He wonders listlessly
+how it is that Time seems to be moving with such swift strides. After a
+while he hears a voice close to him, speaking in a slow, monotonous
+tone—a voice curiously familiar to him, though he cannot tell to whom
+it belongs. He does not turn his head, but sits listening to it
+drowsily. It is talking about tallow: one hundred and ninety-four casks
+of tallow, and they must all stand one inside the other. It cannot be
+done, the voice complains pathetically. They will not go inside each
+other. It is no good pushing them. See! they only roll out again.
+
+The voice grows wearily fretful. Oh! why do they persist when they see
+it is impossible? What fools they all are!
+
+Suddenly he recollects the voice, and starts up and stares wildly about
+him, trying to remember where he is. With a fierce straining of his
+will he grips the brain that is slipping away from him, and holds it.
+As soon as he feels sure of himself he steals out of the room and down
+the stairs.
+
+In the hall he stands listening; the house is very silent. He goes to
+the head of the stairs leading to the kitchen and calls softly to the
+old housekeeper, and she comes up to him, panting and grunting as she
+climbs each step. Keeping some distance from her, he asks in a whisper
+where Anne is. The woman answers that she is in the hospital.
+
+“Tell her I have been called away suddenly on business,” he says,
+speaking in quick, low tones: “I shall be away for some days. Tell her
+to leave here and return home immediately. They can do without her here
+now. Tell her to go back home at once. I will join her there.”
+
+He moves toward the door but stops and faces round again.
+
+“Tell her I beg and entreat her not to stop in this place an hour
+longer. There is nothing to keep her now. It is all over: there is
+nothing that cannot be done by any one. Tell her she must go home—this
+very night. Tell her if she loves me to leave this place at once.”
+
+The woman, a little bewildered by his vehemence, promises, and
+disappears down the stairs. He takes his hat and cloak from the chair
+on which he had thrown them, and turns once more to cross the hall. As
+he does so, the door opens and Anne enters.
+
+He darts back into the shadow, squeezing himself against the wall. Anne
+calls to him laughingly, then, as he does not answer, with a frightened
+accent:
+
+“John,—John, dear. Was not that you? Are not you there?”
+
+He holds his breath, and crouches still closer into the dark corner;
+and Anne, thinking she must have been mistaken in the dim light, passes
+him and goes upstairs.
+
+Then he creeps stealthily to the door, lets himself out and closes it
+softly behind him.
+
+After the lapse of a few minutes the old housekeeper plods upstairs and
+delivers John’s message. Anne, finding it altogether incomprehensible,
+subjects the poor dame to severe examination, but fails to elicit
+anything further. What is the meaning of it? What “business” can have
+compelled John, who for ten weeks has never let the word escape his
+lips, to leave her like this—without a word! without a kiss! Then
+suddenly she remembers the incident of a few moments ago, when she had
+called to him, thinking she saw him, and he did not answer; and the
+whole truth strikes her full in the heart.
+
+She refastens the bonnet-strings she has been slowly untying, and goes
+down and out into the wet street.
+
+She makes her way rapidly to the house of the only doctor resident in
+the neighbourhood—a big, brusque-mannered man, who throughout these
+terrible two months has been their chief stay and help. He meets her on
+her entrance with an embarrassed air that tells its own tale, and at
+once renders futile his clumsy attempts at acting:—
+
+How should he know where John is? Who told her John had the fever—a
+great, strong, hulking fellow like that? She has been working too hard,
+and has got fever on the brain. She must go straight back home, or she
+will be having it herself. She is more likely to take it than John.
+
+Anne, waiting till he has finished jerking out sentences while stamping
+up and down the room, says gently, taking no notice of his denials,—“If
+you will not tell me I must find out from some one else—that is all.”
+Then, her quick eyes noting his momentary hesitation, she lays her
+little hand on his rough paw, and, with the shamelessness of a woman
+who loves deeply, wheedles everything out of him that he has promised
+to keep secret.
+
+He stops her, however, as she is leaving the room. “Don’t go in to him
+now,” he says; “he will worry about you. Wait till to-morrow.”
+
+So, while John lies counting endless casks of tallow, Anne sits by his
+side, tending her last “case.”
+
+Often in his delirium he calls her name, and she takes his fevered hand
+in hers and holds it, and he falls asleep.
+
+Each morning the doctor comes and looks at him, asks a few questions
+and gives a few commonplace directions, but makes no comment. It would
+be idle his attempting to deceive her.
+
+The days move slowly through the darkened room. Anne watches his thin
+hands grow thinner, his sunken eyes grow bigger; yet remains strangely
+calm, almost contented.
+
+Very near the end there comes an hour when John wakes as from a dream,
+and remembers all things clearly.
+
+He looks at her half gratefully, half reproachfully.
+
+“Anne, why are you here?” he asks, in a low, laboured voice. “Did they
+not give you my message?”
+
+For answer she turns her deep eyes upon him.
+
+“Would you have gone away and left me here to die?” she questions him,
+with a faint smile.
+
+She bends her head down nearer to him, so that her soft hair falls
+about his face.
+
+“Our lives were one, dear,” she whispers to him. “I could not have
+lived without you; God knew that. We shall be together always.”
+
+She kisses him, and laying his head upon her breast, softly strokes it
+as she might a child’s; and he puts his weak arms around her.
+
+Later on she feels them growing cold about her, and lays him gently
+back upon the bed, looks for the last time into his eyes, then draws
+the lids down over them.
+
+His people ask that they may bury him in the churchyard hard by, so
+that he may always be among them; and, Anne consenting, they do all
+things needful with their own hands, wishful that no unloving labour
+may be mingled with their work. They lay him close to the porch, where,
+going in and out the church, their feet will pass near to him; and one
+among them who is cunning with the graver’s chisel shapes the stone.
+
+At the head he carves in bas-relief the figure of the good Samaritan
+tending the brother fallen by the way, and underneath the letters, “In
+Remembrance of John Ingerfield.”
+
+He thinks to put a verse of Scripture immediately after; but the gruff
+doctor says, “Better leave a space, in case you want to add another
+name.”
+
+So the stone remains a little while unfinished; till the same hand
+carves thereon, a few weeks later, “And of Anne, his Wife.”
+
+
+
+
+THE WOMAN OF THE SÆTER.
+
+
+Wild-reindeer stalking is hardly so exciting a sport as the evening’s
+verandah talk in Norroway hotels would lead the trustful traveller to
+suppose. Under the charge of your guide, a very young man with the
+dreamy, wistful eyes of those who live in valleys, you leave the
+farmstead early in the forenoon, arriving towards twilight at the
+desolate hut which, for so long as you remain upon the uplands, will be
+your somewhat cheerless headquarters.
+
+Next morning, in the chill, mist-laden dawn, you rise; and, after a
+breakfast of coffee and dried fish, shoulder your Remington, and step
+forth silently into the raw, damp air; the guide locking the door
+behind you, the key grating harshly in the rusty lock.
+
+For hour after hour you toil over the steep, stony ground, or wind
+through the pines, speaking in whispers, lest your voice reach the
+quick ears of your prey, that keeps its head ever pressed against the
+wind. Here and there, in the hollows of the hills lie wide fields of
+snow, over which you pick your steps thoughtfully, listening to the
+smothered thunder of the torrent, tunnelling its way beneath your feet,
+and wondering whether the frozen arch above it be at all points as firm
+as is desirable. Now and again, as in single file you walk cautiously
+along some jagged ridge, you catch glimpses of the green world, three
+thousand feet below you; though you gaze not long upon the view, for
+your attention is chiefly directed to watching the footprints of the
+guide, lest by deviating to the right or left you find yourself at one
+stride back in the valley—or, to be more correct, are found there.
+
+These things you do, and as exercise they are healthful and
+invigorating. But a reindeer you never see, and unless, overcoming the
+prejudices of your British-bred conscience, you care to take an
+occasional pop at a fox, you had better have left your rifle at the
+hut, and, instead, have brought a stick which would have been helpful.
+Notwithstanding which the guide continues sanguine, and in broken
+English, helped out by stirring gesture, tells of the terrible
+slaughter generally done by sportsmen under his superintendence, and of
+the vast herds that generally infest these fields; and when you grow
+sceptical upon the subject of Reins he whispers alluringly of Bears.
+
+Once in a way you will come across a track, and will follow it
+breathlessly for hours, and it will lead to a sheer precipice. Whether
+the explanation is suicide, or a reprehensible tendency on the part of
+the animal towards practical joking, you are left to decide for
+yourself. Then, with many rough miles between you and your rest, you
+abandon the chase.
+
+But I speak from personal experience merely.
+
+All day long we had tramped through the pitiless rain, stopping only
+for an hour at noon to eat some dried venison and smoke a pipe beneath
+the shelter of an overhanging cliff. Soon afterwards Michael knocked
+over a ryper (a bird that will hardly take the trouble to hop out of
+your way) with his gun-barrel, which incident cheered us a little; and,
+later on, our flagging spirits were still further revived by the
+discovery of apparently very recent deer-tracks. These we followed,
+forgetful, in our eagerness, of the lengthening distance back to the
+hut, of the fading daylight, of the gathering mist. The track led us
+higher and higher, farther and farther into the mountains, until on the
+shores of a desolate rock-bound vand it abruptly ended, and we stood
+staring at one another, and the snow began to fall.
+
+Unless in the next half-hour we could chance upon a sæter, this meant
+passing the night upon the mountain. Michael and I looked at the guide;
+but though, with characteristic Norwegian sturdiness, he put a bold
+face upon it, we could see that in that deepening darkness he knew no
+more than we did. Wasting no time on words, we made straight for the
+nearest point of descent, knowing that any human habitation must be far
+below us.
+
+Down we scrambled, heedless of torn clothes and bleeding hands, the
+darkness pressing closer round us. Then suddenly it became black—black
+as pitch—and we could only hear each other. Another step might mean
+death. We stretched out our hands, and felt each other. Why we spoke in
+whispers, I do not know, but we seemed afraid of our own voices. We
+agreed there was nothing for it but to stop where we were till morning,
+clinging to the short grass; so we lay there side by side, for what may
+have been five minutes or may have been an hour. Then, attempting to
+turn, I lost my grip and rolled. I made convulsive efforts to clutch
+the ground, but the incline was too steep. How far I fell I could not
+say, but at last something stopped me. I felt it cautiously with my
+foot: it did not yield, so I twisted myself round and touched it with
+my hand. It seemed planted firmly in the earth. I passed my arm along
+to the right, then to the left. I shouted with joy. It was a fence.
+
+Rising and groping about me, I found an opening, and passed through,
+and crept forward with palms outstretched until I touched the logs of a
+hut; then, feeling my way round, discovered the door, and knocked.
+There came no response, so I knocked louder; then pushed, and the heavy
+woodwork yielded, groaning. But the darkness within was even darker
+than the darkness without. The others had contrived to crawl down and
+join me. Michael struck a wax vesta and held it up, and slowly the room
+came out of the darkness and stood round us.
+
+Then something rather startling happened. Giving one swift glance about
+him, our guide uttered a cry, and rushed out into the night. We
+followed to the door, and called after him, but only a voice came to us
+out of the blackness, and the only words that we could catch, shrieked
+back in terror, were: “_Sætervronen_! _Sætervronen_!” (“The woman of
+the sæter”).
+
+“Some foolish superstition about the place, I suppose,” said Michael.
+“In these mountain solitudes men breed ghosts for company. Let us make
+a fire. Perhaps, when he sees the light, his desire for food and
+shelter may get the better of his fears.”
+
+We felt about in the small enclosure round the house, and gathered
+juniper and birch-twigs, and kindled a fire upon the open stove built
+in the corner of the room. Fortunately, we had some dried reindeer and
+bread in our bag, and on that and the ryper and the contents of our
+flasks we supped. Afterwards, to while away the time, we made an
+inspection of the strange eyrie we had lighted on.
+
+It was an old log-built sæter. Some of these mountain farmsteads are as
+old as the stone ruins of other countries. Carvings of strange beasts
+and demons were upon its blackened rafters, and on the lintel, in runic
+letters, ran this legend: “Hund builded me in the days of Haarfager.”
+The house consisted of two large apartments. Originally, no doubt,
+these had been separate dwellings standing beside one another, but they
+were now connected by a long, low gallery. Most of the scanty furniture
+was almost as ancient as the walls themselves, but many articles of a
+comparatively recent date had been added. All was now, however, rotting
+and falling into decay.
+
+The place appeared to have been deserted suddenly by its last
+occupants. Household utensils lay as they were left, rust and dirt
+encrusted on them. An open book, limp and mildewed, lay face downwards
+on the table, while many others were scattered about both rooms,
+together with much paper, scored with faded ink. The curtains hung in
+shreds about the windows; a woman’s cloak, of an antiquated fashion,
+drooped from a nail behind the door. In an oak chest we found a tumbled
+heap of yellow letters. They were of various dates, extending over a
+period of four months; and with them, apparently intended to receive
+them, lay a large envelope, inscribed with an address in London that
+has since disappeared.
+
+Strong curiosity overcoming faint scruples, we read them by the dull
+glow of the burning juniper twigs, and, as we laid aside the last of
+them, there rose from the depths below us a wailing cry, and all night
+long it rose and died away, and rose again, and died away again;
+whether born of our brain or of some human thing, God knows.
+
+And these, a little altered and shortened, are the letters:—
+
+_Extract from first letter_:
+
+“I cannot tell you, my dear Joyce, what a haven of peace this place is
+to me after the racket and fret of town. I am almost quite recovered
+already, and am growing stronger every day; and, joy of joys, my brain
+has come back to me, fresher and more vigorous, I think, for its
+holiday. In this silence and solitude my thoughts flow freely, and the
+difficulties of my task are disappearing as if by magic. We are perched
+upon a tiny plateau halfway up the mountain. On one side the rock rises
+almost perpendicularly, piercing the sky; while on the other, two
+thousand feet below us, the torrent hurls itself into the black waters
+of the fiord. The house consists of two rooms—or, rather, it is two
+cabins connected by a passage. The larger one we use as a living room,
+and the other is our sleeping apartment. We have no servant, but do
+everything for ourselves. I fear sometimes Muriel must find it lonely.
+The nearest human habitation is eight miles away, across the mountain,
+and not a soul comes near us. I spend as much time as I can with her,
+however, during the day, and make up for it by working at night after
+she has gone to sleep; and when I question her, she only laughs, and
+answers that she loves to have me all to herself. (Here you will smile
+cynically, I know, and say, ‘Humph, I wonder will she say the same when
+they have been married six years instead of six months.’) At the rate I
+am working now I shall have finished my first volume by the spring, and
+then, my dear fellow, you must try and come over, and we will walk and
+talk together ‘amid these storm-reared temples of the gods.’ I have
+felt a new man since I arrived here. Instead of having to ‘cudgel my
+brains,’ as we say, thoughts crowd upon me. This work will make my
+name.”
+
+
+_Part of the third letter_, _the second being mere talk about the book_
+(_a history apparently_) _that the man was writing_:
+
+
+“MY DEAR JOYCE,—I have written you two letters—this will make the
+third—but have been unable to post them. Every day I have been
+expecting a visit from some farmer or villager, for the Norwegians are
+kindly people towards strangers—to say nothing of the inducements of
+trade. A fortnight having passed, however, and the commissariat
+question having become serious, I yesterday set out before dawn, and
+made my way down to the valley; and this gives me something to tell
+you. Nearing the village, I met a peasant woman. To my intense
+surprise, instead of returning my salutation, she stared at me, as if I
+were some wild animal, and shrank away from me as far as the width of
+the road would permit. In the village the same experience awaited me.
+The children ran from me, the people avoided me. At last a grey-haired
+old man appeared to take pity on me, and from him I learnt the
+explanation of the mystery. It seems there is a strange superstition
+attaching to this house in which we are living. My things were brought
+up here by the two men who accompanied me from Drontheim, but the
+natives are afraid to go near the place, and prefer to keep as far as
+possible from any one connected with it.
+
+“The story is that the house was built by one Hund, ‘a maker of runes’
+(one of the old saga writers, no doubt), who lived here with his young
+wife. All went peacefully until, unfortunately for him, a certain
+maiden stationed at a neighbouring sæter grew to love him.
+
+“Forgive me if I am telling you what you know, but a ‘sæter’ is the
+name given to the upland pastures to which, during the summer, are sent
+the cattle, generally under the charge of one or more of the maids.
+Here for three months these girls will live in their lonely huts,
+entirely shut off from the world. Customs change little in this land.
+Two or three such stations are within climbing distance of this house,
+at this day, looked after by the farmers’ daughters, as in the days of
+Hund, ‘maker of runes.’
+
+“Every night, by devious mountain paths, the woman would come and tap
+lightly at Hund’s door. Hund had built himself two cabins, one behind
+the other (these are now, as I think I have explained to you, connected
+by a passage); the smaller one was the homestead; in the other he
+carved and wrote, so that while the young wife slept the ‘maker of
+runes’ and the sæter woman sat whispering.
+
+“One night, however, the wife learnt all things, but said no word.
+Then, as now, the ravine in front of the enclosure was crossed by a
+slight bridge of planks, and over this bridge the woman of the sæter
+passed and repassed each night. On a day when Hund had gone down to
+fish in the fiord, the wife took an axe, and hacked and hewed at the
+bridge, yet it still looked firm and solid; and that night, as Hund sat
+waiting in his workshop, there struck upon his ears a piercing cry, and
+a crashing of logs and rolling rock, and then again the dull roaring of
+the torrent far below.
+
+“But the woman did not die unavenged; for that winter a man, skating
+far down the fiord, noticed a curious object embedded in the ice; and
+when, stooping, he looked closer, he saw two corpses, one gripping the
+other by the throat, and the bodies were the bodies of Hund and his
+young wife.
+
+“Since then, they say, the woman of the sæter haunts Hund’s house, and
+if she sees a light within she taps upon the door, and no man may keep
+her out. Many, at different times, have tried to occupy the house, but
+strange tales are told of them. ‘Men do not live at Hund’s sæter,’ said
+my old grey-haired friend, concluding his tale,—‘they die there.’
+
+“I have persuaded some of the braver of the villagers to bring what
+provisions and other necessaries we require up to a plateau about a
+mile from the house and leave them there. That is the most I have been
+able to do. It comes somewhat as a shock to one to find men and
+women—fairly educated and intelligent as many of them are—slaves to
+fears that one would expect a child to laugh at. But there is no
+reasoning with superstition.”
+
+
+_Extract from the same letter_, _but from a part seemingly written a
+day or two later_:
+
+“At home I should have forgotten such a tale an hour after I had heard
+it, but these mountain fastnesses seem strangely fit to be the last
+stronghold of the supernatural. The woman haunts me already. At night
+instead of working, I find myself listening for her tapping at the
+door; and yesterday an incident occurred that makes me fear for my own
+common sense. I had gone out for a long walk alone, and the twilight
+was thickening into darkness as I neared home. Suddenly looking up from
+my reverie, I saw, standing on a knoll the other side of the ravine,
+the figure of a woman. She held a cloak about her head, and I could not
+see her face. I took off my cap, and called out a good-night to her,
+but she never moved or spoke. Then—God knows why, for my brain was full
+of other thoughts at the time—a clammy chill crept over me, and my
+tongue grew dry and parched. I stood rooted to the spot, staring at her
+across the yawning gorge that divided us; and slowly she moved away,
+and passed into the gloom, and I continued my way. I have said nothing
+to Muriel, and shall not. The effect the story has had upon myself
+warns me not to do so.”
+
+
+_From a letter dated eleven days later_:
+
+
+“She has come. I have known she would, since that evening I saw her on
+the mountain; and last night she came, and we have sat and looked into
+each other’s eyes. You will say, of course, that I am mad—that I have
+not recovered from my fever—that I have been working too hard—that I
+have heard a foolish tale, and that it has filled my overstrung brain
+with foolish fancies: I have told myself all that. But the thing came,
+nevertheless—a creature of flesh and blood? a creature of air? a
+creature of my own imagination?—what matter? it was real to me.
+
+“It came last night, as I sat working, alone. Each night I have waited
+for it, listened for it—longed for it, I know now. I heard the passing
+of its feet upon the bridge, the tapping of its hand upon the door,
+three times—tap, tap, tap. I felt my loins grow cold, and a pricking
+pain about my head; and I gripped my chair with both hands, and waited,
+and again there came the tapping—tap, tap, tap. I rose and slipped the
+bolt of the door leading to the other room, and again I waited, and
+again there came the tapping—tap, tap, tap. Then I opened the heavy
+outer door, and the wind rushed past me, scattering my papers, and the
+woman entered in, and I closed the door behind her. She threw her hood
+back from her head, and unwound a kerchief from about her neck, and
+laid it on the table. Then she crossed and sat before the fire, and I
+noticed her bare feet were damp with the night dew.
+
+“I stood over against her and gazed at her, and she smiled at me—a
+strange, wicked smile, but I could have laid my soul at her feet. She
+never spoke or moved, and neither did I feel the need of spoken words,
+for I understood the meaning of those upon the Mount when they said,
+‘Let us make here tabernacles: it is good for us to be here.’
+
+“How long a time passed thus I do not know, but suddenly the woman held
+her hand up, listening, and there came a faint sound from the other
+room. Then swiftly she drew her hood about her face and passed out,
+closing the door softly behind her; and I drew back the bolt of the
+inner door and waited, and hearing nothing more, sat down, and must
+have fallen asleep in my chair.
+
+“I awoke, and instantly there flashed through my mind the thought of
+the kerchief the woman had left behind her, and I started from my chair
+to hide it. But the table was already laid for breakfast, and my wife
+sat with her elbows on the table and her head between her hands,
+watching me with a look in her eyes that was new to me.
+
+“She kissed me, though her lips were cold; and I argued to myself that
+the whole thing must have been a dream. But later in the day, passing
+the open door when her back was towards me, I saw her take the kerchief
+from a locked chest and look at it.
+
+“I have told myself it must have been a kerchief of her own, and that
+all the rest has been my imagination; that, if not, then my strange
+visitant was no spirit, but a woman; and that, if human thing knows
+human thing, it was no creature of flesh and blood that sat beside me
+last night. Besides, what woman would she be? The nearest sæter is a
+three-hours’ climb to a strong man, and the paths are dangerous even in
+daylight: what woman would have found them in the night? What woman
+would have chilled the air around her, and have made the blood flow
+cold through all my veins? Yet if she come again I will speak to her. I
+will stretch out my hand and see whether she be mortal thing or only
+air.”
+
+
+_The fifth letter_:
+
+
+“MY DEAR JOYCE,—Whether your eyes will ever see these letters is
+doubtful. From this place I shall never send them. They would read to
+you as the ravings of a madman. If ever I return to England I may one
+day show them to you, but when I do it will be when I, with you, can
+laugh over them. At present I write them merely to hide away,—putting
+the words down on paper saves my screaming them aloud.
+
+“She comes each night now, taking the same seat beside the embers, and
+fixing upon me those eyes, with the hell-light in them, that burn into
+my brain; and at rare times she smiles, and all my being passes out of
+me, and is hers. I make no attempt to work. I sit listening for her
+footsteps on the creaking bridge, for the rustling of her feet upon the
+grass, for the tapping of her hand upon the door. No word is uttered
+between us. Each day I say: ‘When she comes to-night I will speak to
+her. I will stretch out my hand and touch her.’ Yet when she enters,
+all thought and will goes out from me.
+
+“Last night, as I stood gazing at her, my soul filled with her wondrous
+beauty as a lake with moonlight, her lips parted, and she started from
+her chair; and, turning, I thought I saw a white face pressed against
+the window, but as I looked it vanished. Then she drew her cloak about
+her, and passed out. I slid back the bolt I always draw now, and stole
+into the other room, and, taking down the lantern, held it above the
+bed. But Muriel’s eyes were closed as if in sleep.”
+
+
+_Extract from the sixth letter_:
+
+“It is not the night I fear, but the day. I hate the sight of this
+woman with whom I live, whom I call ‘wife.’ I shrink from the blow of
+her cold lips, the curse of her stony eyes. She has seen, she has
+learnt; I feel it, I know it. Yet she winds her arms around my neck,
+and calls me sweetheart, and smoothes my hair with her soft, false
+hands. We speak mocking words of love to one another, but I know her
+cruel eyes are ever following me. She is plotting her revenge, and I
+hate her, I hate her, I hate her!”
+
+
+_Part of the seventh letter_:
+
+
+“This morning I went down to the fiord. I told her I should not be back
+until the evening. She stood by the door watching me until we were mere
+specks to one another, and a promontory of the mountain shut me from
+view. Then, turning aside from the track, I made my way, running and
+stumbling over the jagged ground, round to the other side of the
+mountain, and began to climb again. It was slow, weary work. Often I
+had to go miles out of my road to avoid a ravine, and twice I reached a
+high point only to have to descend again. But at length I crossed the
+ridge, and crept down to a spot from where, concealed, I could spy upon
+my own house. She—my wife—stood by the flimsy bridge. A short hatchet,
+such as butchers use, was in her hand. She leant against a pine trunk,
+with her arm behind her, as one stands whose back aches with long
+stooping in some cramped position; and even at that distance I could
+see the cruel smile about her lips.
+
+“Then I recrossed the ridge, and crawled down again, and, waiting until
+evening, walked slowly up the path. As I came in view of the house she
+saw me, and waved her handkerchief to me, and in answer I waved my hat,
+and shouted curses at her that the wind whirled away into the torrent.
+She met me with a kiss, and I breathed no hint to her that I had seen.
+Let her devil’s work remain undisturbed. Let it prove to me what manner
+of thing this is that haunts me. If it be a spirit, then the bridge
+wilt bear it safely; if it be woman—
+
+“But I dismiss the thought. If it be human thing, why does it sit
+gazing at me, never speaking? why does my tongue refuse to question it?
+why does all power forsake me in its presence, so that I stand as in a
+dream? Yet if it be spirit, why do I hear the passing of her feet? and
+why does the night-rain glisten on her hair?
+
+“I force myself back into my chair. It is far into the night, and I am
+alone, waiting, listening. If it be spirit, she will come to me; and if
+it be woman, I shall hear her cry above the storm—unless it be a demon
+mocking me.
+
+“I have heard the cry. It rose, piercing and shrill, above the storm,
+above the riving and rending of the bridge, above the downward crashing
+of the logs and loosened stones. I hear it as I listen now. It is
+cleaving its way upward from the depths below. It is wailing through
+the room as I sit writing.
+
+“I have crawled upon my belly to the utmost edge of the still standing
+pier, until I could feel with my hand the jagged splinters left by the
+fallen planks, and have looked down. But the chasm was full to the brim
+with darkness. I shouted, but the wind shook my voice into mocking
+laughter. I sit here, feebly striking at the madness that is creeping
+nearer and nearer to me. I tell myself the whole thing is but the fever
+in my brain. The bridge was rotten. The storm was strong. The cry is
+but a single one among the many voices of the mountain. Yet still I
+listen; and it rises, clear and shrill, above the moaning of the pines,
+above the sobbing of the waters. It beats like blows upon my skull, and
+I know that she will never come again.”
+
+
+_Extract from the last letter_:
+
+
+“I shall address an envelope to you, and leave it among these letters.
+Then, should I never come back, some chance wanderer may one day find
+and post them to you, and you will know.
+
+“My books and writings remain untouched. We sit together of a
+night—this woman I call ‘wife’ and I—she holding in her hands some
+knitted thing that never grows longer by a single stitch, and I with a
+volume before me that is ever open at the same page. And day and night
+we watch each other stealthily, moving to and fro about the silent
+house; and at times, looking round swiftly, I catch the smile upon her
+lips before she has time to smooth it away.
+
+“We speak like strangers about this and that, making talk to hide our
+thoughts. We make a pretence of busying ourselves about whatever will
+help us to keep apart from one another.
+
+“At night, sitting here between the shadows and the dull glow of the
+smouldering twigs, I sometimes think I hear the tapping I have learnt
+to listen for, and I start from my seat, and softly open the door and
+look out. But only the Night stands there. Then I close-to the latch,
+and she—the living woman—asks me in her purring voice what sound I
+heard, hiding a smile as she stoops low over her work; and I answer
+lightly, and, moving towards her, put my arm about her, feeling her
+softness and her suppleness, and wondering, supposing I held her close
+to me with one arm while pressing her from me with the other, how long
+before I should hear the cracking of her bones.
+
+“For here, amid these savage solitudes, I also am grown savage. The old
+primeval passions of love and hate stir within me, and they are fierce
+and cruel and strong, beyond what you men of the later ages could
+understand. The culture of the centuries has fallen from me as a flimsy
+garment whirled away by the mountain wind; the old savage instincts of
+the race lie bare. One day I shall twine my fingers about her full
+white throat, and her eyes will slowly come towards me, and her lips
+will part, and the red tongue creep out; and backwards, step by step, I
+shall push her before me, gazing the while upon her bloodless face, and
+it will be my turn to smile. Backwards through the open door, backwards
+along the garden path between the juniper bushes, backwards till her
+heels are overhanging the ravine, and she grips life with nothing but
+her little toes, I shall force her, step by step, before me. Then I
+shall lean forward, closer, closer, till I kiss her purpling lips, and
+down, down, down, past the startled sea-birds, past the white spray of
+the foss, past the downward peeping pines, down, down, down, we will go
+together, till we find the thing that lies sleeping beneath the waters
+of the fiord.”
+
+
+With these words ended the last letter, unsigned. At the first streak
+of dawn we left the house, and, after much wandering, found our way
+back to the valley. But of our guide we heard no news. Whether he
+remained still upon the mountain, or whether by some false step he had
+perished upon that night, we never learnt.
+
+
+
+
+VARIETY PATTER.
+
+
+My first appearance at a Music Hall was in the year one thousand eight
+hundred and s---. Well, I would rather not mention the exact date. I
+was fourteen at the time. It was during the Christmas holidays, and my
+aunt had given me five shillings to go and see Phelps—I think it was
+Phelps—in _Coriolanus_—I think it was _Coriolanus_. Anyhow, it was to
+see a high-class and improving entertainment, I know.
+
+I suggested that I should induce young Skegson, who lived in our road,
+to go with me. Skegson is a barrister now, and could not tell you the
+difference between a knave of clubs and a club of knaves. A few years
+hence he will, if he works hard, be innocent enough for a judge. But at
+the period of which I speak he was a red-haired boy of worldly tastes,
+notwithstanding which I loved him as a brother. My dear mother wished
+to see him before consenting to the arrangement, so as to be able to
+form her own opinion as to whether he was a fit and proper companion
+for me; and, accordingly, he was invited to tea. He came, and made a
+most favourable impression upon both my mother and my aunt. He had a
+way of talking about the advantages of application to study in early
+life, and the duties of youth towards those placed in authority over
+it, that won for him much esteem in grown-up circles. The spirit of the
+Bar had descended upon Skegson at a very early period of his career.
+
+My aunt, indeed, was so much pleased with him that she gave him two
+shillings towards his own expenses (“sprung half a dollar” was how he
+explained the transaction when we were outside), and commended me to
+his especial care.
+
+Skegson was very silent during the journey. An idea was evidently
+maturing in his mind. At the Angel he stopped and said: “Look here,
+I’ll tell you what we’ll do. Don’t let’s go and see that rot. Let’s go
+to a Music Hall.”
+
+I gasped for breath. I had heard of Music Halls. A stout lady had
+denounced them across our dinner table on one occasion—fixing the while
+a steely eye upon her husband, who sat opposite and seemed
+uncomfortable—as low, horrid places, where people smoked and drank, and
+wore short skirts, and had added an opinion that they ought to be put
+down by the police—whether the skirts or the halls she did not explain.
+I also recollected that our charwoman, whose son had lately left London
+for a protracted stay in Devonshire, had, in conversation with my
+mother, dated his downfall from the day when he first visited one of
+these places; and likewise that Mrs. Philcox’s nursemaid, upon her
+confessing that she had spent an evening at one with her young man, had
+been called a shameless hussy, and summarily dismissed as being no
+longer a fit associate for the baby.
+
+But the spirit of lawlessness was strong within me in those days, so
+that I hearkened to the voice of Skegson, the tempter, and he lured my
+feet from the paths that led to virtue and Sadler’s Wells, and we
+wandered into the broad and crowded ways that branch off from the Angel
+towards Merry Islington.
+
+Skegson insisted that we should do the thing in style, so we stopped at
+a shop near the Agricultural Hall and purchased some big cigars. A huge
+card in the window claimed for these that they were “the most
+satisfactory twopenny smokes in London.” I smoked two of them during
+the evening, and never felt more satisfied—using the word in its true
+sense, as implying that a person has had enough of a thing, and does
+not desire any more of it, just then—in all my life. Where we went, and
+what we saw, my memory is not very clear upon. We sat at a little
+marble table. I know it was marble because it was so hard, and cool to
+the head. From out of the smoky mist a ponderous creature of strange,
+undefined shape floated heavily towards us, and deposited a squat
+tumbler in front of me containing a pale yellowish liquor, which
+subsequent investigation has led me to believe must have been Scotch
+whisky. It seemed to me then the most nauseous stuff I had ever
+swallowed. It is curious to look back and notice how one’s tastes
+change.
+
+I reached home very late and very sick. That was my first dissipation,
+and, as a lesson, it has been of more practical use to me than all the
+good books and sermons in the world could have been. I can remember to
+this day standing in the middle of the room in my night-shirt, trying
+to catch my bed as it came round.
+
+Next morning I confessed everything to my mother, and, for several
+months afterwards, was a reformed character. Indeed, the pendulum of my
+conscience swung too far the other way, and I grew exaggeratedly
+remorseful and unhealthily moral.
+
+There was published in those days, for the edification of young people,
+a singularly pessimistic periodical, entitled _The Children’s Band of
+Hope Review_. It was a magazine much in favour among grown-up people,
+and a bound copy of Vol. IX. had lately been won by my sister as a
+prize for punctuality (I fancy she must have exhausted all the virtue
+she ever possessed, in that direction, upon the winning of that prize.
+At all events, I have noticed no ostentatious display of the quality in
+her later life.) I had formerly expressed contempt for this book, but
+now, in my regenerate state, I took a morbid pleasure in poring over
+its denunciations of sin and sinners. There was one picture in it that
+appeared peculiarly applicable to myself. It represented a gaudily
+costumed young man, standing on the topmost of three steep steps,
+smoking a large cigar. Behind him was a very small church, and below, a
+bright and not altogether uninviting looking hell. The picture was
+headed “The Three Steps to Ruin,” and the three stairs were labelled
+respectively “Smoking,” “Drinking,” “Gambling.” I had already travelled
+two-thirds of the road! Was I going all the way, or should I be able to
+retrace those steps? I used to lie awake at night and think about it
+till I grew half crazy. Alas! since then I have completed the descent,
+so where my future will be spent I do not care to think.
+
+Another picture in the book that troubled me was the frontispiece. This
+was a highly-coloured print, illustrating the broad and narrow ways.
+The narrow way led upward past a Sunday-school and a lion to a city in
+the clouds. This city was referred to in the accompanying letterpress
+as a place of “Rest and Peace,” but inasmuch as the town was
+represented in the illustration as surrounded by a perfect mob of
+angels, each one blowing a trumpet twice his own size, and obviously
+blowing it for all he was worth, a certain confusion of ideas would
+seem to have crept into the allegory.
+
+The other path—the “broad way”—which ended in what at first glance
+appeared to be a highly successful display of fireworks, started from
+the door of a tavern, and led past a Music Hall, on the steps of which
+stood a gentleman smoking a cigar. All the wicked people in this book
+smoked cigars—all except one young man who had killed his mother and
+died raving mad. He had gone astray on short pipes.
+
+This made it uncomfortably clear to me which direction I had chosen,
+and I was greatly alarmed, until, on examining the picture more
+closely, I noticed, with much satisfaction, that about midway the two
+paths were connected by a handy little bridge, by the use of which it
+seemed feasible, starting on the one path and ending up on the other,
+to combine the practical advantages of both roads. From subsequent
+observation I have come to the conclusion that a good many people have
+made a note of that little bridge.
+
+My own belief in the possibility of such convenient compromise must, I
+fear, have led to an ethical relapse, for there recurs to my mind a
+somewhat painful scene of a few months’ later date, in which I am
+seeking to convince a singularly unresponsive landed proprietor that my
+presence in his orchard is solely and entirely due to my having
+unfortunately lost my way.
+
+It was not until I was nearly seventeen that the idea occurred to me to
+visit a Music Hall again. Then, having regard to my double capacity of
+“Man About Town” and journalist (for I had written a letter to _The
+Era_, complaining of the way pit doors were made to open, and it had
+been inserted), I felt I had no longer any right to neglect
+acquaintanceship with so important a feature in the life of the people.
+Accordingly, one Saturday night, I wended my way to the “Pav.”; and
+there the first person that I ran against was my uncle. He laid a heavy
+hand upon my shoulder, and asked me, in severe tones, what I was doing
+there. I felt this to be an awkward question, for it would have been
+useless trying to make him understand my real motives (one’s own
+relations are never sympathetic), and I was somewhat nonplussed for an
+answer, until the reflection occurred to me: What was _he_ doing there?
+This riddle I, in my turn, propounded to him, with the result that we
+entered into treaty, by the terms of which it was agreed that no future
+reference should be made to the meeting by either of us—especially not
+in the presence of my aunt—and the compact was ratified according to
+the usual custom, my uncle paying the necessary expenses.
+
+In those days, we sat, some four or six of us, round a little table, on
+which were placed our drinks. Now we have to balance them upon a narrow
+ledge; and ladies, as they pass, dip the ends of their cloaks into
+them, and gentlemen stir them up for us with the ferrules of their
+umbrellas, or else sweep them off into our laps with their coat tails,
+saying as they do so, “Oh, I beg your pardon.”
+
+Also, in those days, there were “chairmen”—affable gentlemen, who would
+drink anything at anybody’s expense, and drink any quantity of it, and
+never seem to get any fuller. I was introduced to a Music Hall chairman
+once, and when I said to him, “What is your drink?” he took up the
+“list of beverages” that lay before him, and, opening it, waved his
+hand lightly across its entire contents, from clarets, past champagnes
+and spirits, down to liqueurs. “That’s my drink, my boy,” said he.
+There was nothing narrow-minded or exclusive about his tastes.
+
+It was the chairman’s duty to introduce the artists. “Ladies and
+gentlemen,” he would shout, in a voice that united the musical
+characteristics of a foghorn and a steam saw, “Miss ’Enerietta
+Montressor, the popular serio-comic, will now happear.” These
+announcements were invariably received with great applause by the
+chairman himself, and generally with chilling indifference by the rest
+of the audience.
+
+It was also the privilege of the chairman to maintain order, and
+reprimand evil-doers. This he usually did very effectively, employing
+for the purpose language both fit and forcible. One chairman that I
+remember seemed, however, to be curiously deficient in the necessary
+qualities for this part of his duty. He was a mild and sleepy little
+man, and, unfortunately, he had to preside over an exceptionally rowdy
+audience at a small hall in the South-East district. On the night that
+I was present, there occurred a great disturbance. “Joss Jessop, the
+Monarch of Mirth,” a gentleman evidently high in local request was, for
+some reason or other, not forthcoming, and in his place the management
+proposed to offer a female performer on the zithern, one Signorina
+Ballatino.
+
+The little chairman made the announcement in a nervous, deprecatory
+tone, as if he were rather ashamed of it himself. “Ladies and
+gentlemen,” he began,—the poor are staunch sticklers for etiquette: I
+overheard a small child explaining to her mother one night in Three
+Colts Street, Limehouse, that she could not get into the house because
+there was a “lady” on the doorstep, drunk,—“Signorina Ballatino, the
+world-renowned—”
+
+Here a voice from the gallery requested to know what had become of “Old
+Joss,” and was greeted by loud cries of “’Ear, ’ear.”
+
+The chairman, ignoring the interruption, continued:
+
+“—the world-renowned performer on the zither—”
+
+“On the whoter?” came in tones of plaintive inquiry from the back of
+the hall.
+
+“_Hon_ the zither,” retorted the chairman, waxing mildly indignant; he
+meant zithern, but he called it a zither. “A hinstrument well-known to
+anybody as ’as ’ad any learning.”
+
+This sally was received with much favour, and a gentleman who claimed
+to be acquainted with the family history of the interrupter begged the
+chairman to excuse that ill-bred person on the ground that his mother
+used to get drunk with the twopence a week and never sent him to
+school.
+
+Cheered by this breath of popularity, our little president endeavoured
+to complete his introduction of the Signorina. He again repeated that
+she was the world-renowned performer on the zithern; and, undeterred by
+the audible remark of a lady in the pit to the effect that she’d “never
+’eard on ’er,” added:
+
+“She will now, ladies and gentlemen, with your kind permission, give
+you examples of the—”
+
+“Blow yer zither!” here cried out the gentleman who had started the
+agitation; “we want Joss Jessop.”
+
+This was the signal for much cheering and shrill whistling, in the
+midst of which a wag with a piping voice suggested as a reason for the
+favourite’s non-appearance that he had not been paid his last week’s
+salary.
+
+A temporary lull occurred at this point; and the chairman, seizing the
+opportunity to complete his oft-impeded speech, suddenly remarked,
+“songs of the Sunny South”; and immediately sat down and began
+hammering upon the table.
+
+Then Signora Ballatino, clothed in the costume of the Sunny South,
+where clothes are less essential than in these colder climes, skipped
+airily forward, and was most ungallantly greeted with a storm of groans
+and hisses. Her beloved instrument was unfeelingly alluded to as a
+pie-dish, and she was advised to take it back and get the penny on it.
+The chairman, addressed by his Christian name of “Jimmee,” was told to
+lie down and let her sing him to sleep. Every time she attempted to
+start playing, shouts were raised for Joss.
+
+At length the chairman, overcoming his evident disinclination to take
+any sort of hand whatever in the game, rose and gently hinted at the
+desirability of silence. The suggestion not meeting with any support,
+he proceeded to adopt sterner measures. He addressed himself personally
+to the ringleader of the rioters, the man who had first championed the
+cause of the absent Joss. This person was a brawny individual, who,
+judging from appearances, followed in his business hours the calling of
+a coalheaver. “Yes, sir,” said the chairman, pointing a finger towards
+him, where he sat in the front row of the gallery; “you, sir, in the
+flannel shirt. I can see you. Will you allow this lady to give her
+entertainment?”
+
+“No,” answered he of the coalheaving profession, in stentorian tones.
+
+“Then, sir,” said the little chairman, working himself up into a state
+suggestive of Jove about to launch a thunderbolt—“then, sir, all I can
+say is that you are no gentleman.”
+
+This was a little too much, or rather a good deal too little, for the
+Signora Ballatino. She had hitherto been standing in a meek attitude of
+pathetic appeal, wearing a fixed smile of ineffable sweetness but she
+evidently felt that she could go a bit farther than that herself, even
+if she was a lady. Calling the chairman “an old messer,” and telling
+him for Gawd’s sake to shut up if that was all he could do for his
+living, she came down to the front, and took the case into her own
+hands.
+
+She did not waste time on the rest of the audience. She went direct for
+that coalheaver, and thereupon ensued a slanging match the memory of
+which sends a thrill of admiration through me even to this day. It was
+a battle worthy of the gods. He was a heaver of coals, quick and ready
+beyond his kind. During many years sojourn East and South, in the
+course of many wanderings from Billingsgate to Limehouse Hole, from
+Petticoat Lane to Whitechapel Road; out of eel-pie shop and penny gaff;
+out of tavern and street, and court and doss-house, he had gathered
+together slang words and terms and phrases, and they came back to him
+now, and he stood up against her manfully.
+
+But as well might the lamb stand up against the eagle, when the shadow
+of its wings falls across the green pastures, and the wind flies before
+its dark oncoming. At the end of two minutes he lay gasping, dazed, and
+speechless.
+
+Then she began.
+
+She announced her intention of “wiping down the bloomin’ ’all” with
+him, and making it respectable; and, metaphorically speaking, that is
+what she did. Her tongue hit him between the eyes, and knocked him down
+and trampled on him. It curled round and round him like a whip, and
+then it uncurled and wound the other way. It seized him by the scruff
+of his neck, and tossed him up into the air, and caught him as he
+descended, and flung him to the ground, and rolled him on it. It played
+around him like forked lightning, and blinded him. It danced and
+shrieked about him like a host of whirling fiends, and he tried to
+remember a prayer, and could not. It touched him lightly on the sole of
+his foot and the crown of his head, and his hair stood up straight, and
+his limbs grew stiff. The people sitting near him drew away, not
+feeling it safe to be near, and left him alone, surrounded by space,
+and language.
+
+It was the most artistic piece of work of its kind that I have ever
+heard. Every phrase she flung at him seemed to have been woven on
+purpose to entangle him and to embrace in its choking folds his people
+and his gods, to strangle with its threads his every hope, ambition,
+and belief. Each term she put upon him clung to him like a garment, and
+fitted him without a crease. The last name that she called him one felt
+to be, until one heard the next, the one name that he ought to have
+been christened by.
+
+For five and three-quarter minutes by the clock she spoke, and never
+for one instant did she pause or falter; and in the whole of that
+onslaught there was only one weak spot.
+
+That was when she offered to make a better man than he was out of a Guy
+Fawkes and a lump of coal. You felt that one lump of coal would not
+have been sufficient.
+
+At the end, she gathered herself together for one supreme effort, and
+hurled at him an insult so bitter with scorn, so sharp with insight
+into his career and character, so heavy with prophetic curse, that
+strong men drew and held their breath while it passed over them, and
+women hid their faces and shivered.
+
+Then she folded her arms, and stood silent; and the house, from floor
+to ceiling, rose and cheered her until there was no more breath left in
+its lungs.
+
+In that one night she stepped from oblivion into success. She is now a
+famous “artiste.”
+
+But she does not call herself Signora Ballatino, and she does not play
+upon the zithern. Her name has a homelier sound, and her speciality is
+the delineation of coster character.
+
+
+
+
+SILHOUETTES.
+
+
+I fear I must be of a somewhat gruesome turn of mind. My sympathies are
+always with the melancholy side of life and nature. I love the chill
+October days, when the brown leaves lie thick and sodden underneath
+your feet, and a low sound as of stifled sobbing is heard in the damp
+woods—the evenings in late autumn time, when the white mist creeps
+across the fields, making it seem as though old Earth, feeling the
+night air cold to its poor bones, were drawing ghostly bedclothes round
+its withered limbs. I like the twilight of the long grey street, sad
+with the wailing cry of the distant muffin man. One thinks of him, as,
+strangely mitred, he glides by through the gloom, jangling his harsh
+bell, as the High Priest of the pale spirit of Indigestion, summoning
+the devout to come forth and worship. I find a sweetness in the aching
+dreariness of Sabbath afternoons in genteel suburbs—in the evil-laden
+desolateness of waste places by the river, when the yellow fog is
+stealing inland across the ooze and mud, and the black tide gurgles
+softly round worm-eaten piles.
+
+I love the bleak moor, when the thin long line of the winding road lies
+white on the darkening heath, while overhead some belated bird, vexed
+with itself for being out so late, scurries across the dusky sky,
+screaming angrily. I love the lonely, sullen lake, hidden away in
+mountain solitudes. I suppose it was my childhood’s surroundings that
+instilled in me this affection for sombre hues. One of my earliest
+recollections is of a dreary marshland by the sea. By day, the water
+stood there in wide, shallow pools. But when one looked in the evening
+they were pools of blood that lay there.
+
+It was a wild, dismal stretch of coast. One day, I found myself there
+all alone—I forget how it came about—and, oh, how small I felt amid the
+sky and the sea and the sandhills! I ran, and ran, and ran, but I never
+seemed to move; and then I cried, and screamed, louder and louder, and
+the circling seagulls screamed back mockingly at me. It was an “unken”
+spot, as they say up North.
+
+In the far back days of the building of the world, a long, high ridge
+of stones had been reared up by the sea, dividing the swampy grassland
+from the sand. Some of these stones—“pebbles,” so they called them
+round about—were as big as a man, and many as big as a fair-sized
+house; and when the sea was angry—and very prone he was to anger by
+that lonely shore, and very quick to wrath; often have I known him sink
+to sleep with a peaceful smile on his rippling waves, to wake in fierce
+fury before the night was spent—he would snatch up giant handfuls of
+these pebbles and fling and toss them here and there, till the noise of
+their rolling and crashing could be heard by the watchers in the
+village afar off.
+
+“Old Nick’s playing at marbles to-night,” they would say to one
+another, pausing to listen. And then the women would close tight their
+doors, and try not to hear the sound.
+
+Far out to sea, by where the muddy mouth of the river yawned wide,
+there rose ever a thin white line of surf, and underneath those crested
+waves there dwelt a very fearsome thing, called the Bar. I grew to hate
+and be afraid of this mysterious Bar, for I heard it spoken of always
+with bated breath, and I knew that it was very cruel to fisher folk,
+and hurt them so sometimes that they would cry whole days and nights
+together with the pain, or would sit with white scared faces, rocking
+themselves to and fro.
+
+Once when I was playing among the sandhills, there came by a tall, grey
+woman, bending beneath a load of driftwood. She paused when nearly
+opposite to me, and, facing seaward, fixed her eyes upon the breaking
+surf above the Bar. “Ah, how I hate the sight of your white teeth!” she
+muttered; then turned and passed on.
+
+Another morning, walking through the village, I heard a low wailing
+come from one of the cottages, while a little farther on a group of
+women were gathered in the roadway, talking. “Ay,” said one of them, “I
+thought the Bar was looking hungry last night.”
+
+So, putting one and the other together, I concluded that the “Bar” must
+be an ogre, such as a body reads of in books, who lived in a coral
+castle deep below the river’s mouth, and fed upon the fishermen as he
+caught them going down to the sea or coming home.
+
+From my bedroom window, on moonlight nights, I could watch the silvery
+foam, marking the spot beneath where he lay hid; and I would stand on
+tip-toe, peering out, until at length I would come to fancy I could see
+his hideous form floating below the waters. Then, as the little
+white-sailed boats stole by him, tremblingly, I used to tremble too,
+lest he should suddenly open his grim jaws and gulp them down; and when
+they had all safely reached the dark, soft sea beyond, I would steal
+back to the bedside, and pray to God to make the Bar good, so that he
+would give up eating the poor fishermen.
+
+Another incident connected with that coast lives in my mind. It was the
+morning after a great storm—great even for that stormy coast—and the
+passion-worn waters were still heaving with the memory of a fury that
+was dead. Old Nick had scattered his marbles far and wide, and there
+were rents and fissures in the pebbly wall such as the oldest fisherman
+had never known before. Some of the hugest stones lay tossed a hundred
+yards away, and the waters had dug pits here and there along the ridge
+so deep that a tall man might stand in some of them, and yet his head
+not reach the level of the sand.
+
+Round one of these holes a small crowd was pressing eagerly, while one
+man, standing in the hollow, was lifting the few remaining stones off
+something that lay there at the bottom. I pushed my way between the
+straggling legs of a big fisher lad, and peered over with the rest. A
+ray of sunlight streamed down into the pit, and the thing at the bottom
+gleamed white. Sprawling there among the black pebbles it looked like a
+huge spider. One by one the last stones were lifted away, and the thing
+was left bare, and then the crowd looked at one another and shivered.
+
+“Wonder how he got there,” said a woman at length; “somebody must ha’
+helped him.”
+
+“Some foreign chap, no doubt,” said the man who had lifted off the
+stones; “washed ashore and buried here by the sea.”
+
+“What, six foot below the water-mark, wi’ all they stones atop of him?”
+said another.
+
+“That’s no foreign chap,” cried a grizzled old woman, pressing forward.
+“What’s that that’s aside him?”
+
+Some one jumped down and took it from the stone where it lay
+glistening, and handed it up to her, and she clutched it in her skinny
+hand. It was a gold earring, such as fishermen sometimes wear. But this
+was a somewhat large one, and of rather unusual shape.
+
+“That’s young Abram Parsons, I tell ’ee, as lies down there,” cried the
+old creature, wildly. “I ought to know. I gave him the pair o’ these
+forty year ago.”
+
+It may be only an idea of mine, born of after brooding upon the scene.
+I am inclined to think it must be so, for I was only a child at the
+time, and would hardly have noticed such a thing. But it seems to my
+remembrance that as the old crone ceased, another woman in the crowd
+raised her eyes slowly, and fixed them on a withered, ancient man, who
+leant upon a stick, and that for a moment, unnoticed by the rest, these
+two stood looking strangely at each other.
+
+From these sea-scented scenes, my memory travels to a weary land where
+dead ashes lie, and there is blackness—blackness everywhere. Black
+rivers flow between black banks; black, stunted trees grow in black
+fields; black withered flowers by black wayside. Black roads lead from
+blackness past blackness to blackness; and along them trudge black,
+savage-looking men and women; and by them black, old-looking children
+play grim, unchildish games.
+
+When the sun shines on this black land, it glitters black and hard; and
+when the rain falls a black mist rises towards heaven, like the
+hopeless prayer of a hopeless soul.
+
+By night it is less dreary, for then the sky gleams with a lurid light,
+and out of the darkness the red flames leap, and high up in the air
+they gambol and writhe—the demon spawn of that evil land, they seem.
+
+Visitors who came to our house would tell strange tales of this black
+land, and some of the stories I am inclined to think were true. One man
+said he saw a young bull-dog fly at a boy and pin him by the throat.
+The lad jumped about with much sprightliness, and tried to knock the
+dog away. Whereupon the boy’s father rushed out of the house, hard by,
+and caught his son and heir roughly by the shoulder. “Keep still, thee
+young ---, can’t ’ee!” shouted the man angrily; “let ’un taste blood.”
+
+Another time, I heard a lady tell how she had visited a cottage during
+a strike, to find the baby, together with the other children, almost
+dying for want of food. “Dear, dear me!” she cried, taking the wee
+wizened mite from the mother’s arms, “but I sent you down a quart of
+milk, yesterday. Hasn’t the child had it?”
+
+“Theer weer a little coom, thank ’ee kindly, ma’am,” the father took
+upon himself to answer; “but thee see it weer only just enow for the
+poops.”
+
+We lived in a big lonely house on the edge of a wide common. One night,
+I remember, just as I was reluctantly preparing to climb into bed,
+there came a wild ringing at the gate, followed by a hoarse, shrieking
+cry, and then a frenzied shaking of the iron bars.
+
+Then hurrying footsteps sounded through the house, and the swift
+opening and closing of doors; and I slipped back hastily into my
+knickerbockers and ran out. The women folk were gathered on the stairs,
+while my father stood in the hall, calling to them to be quiet. And
+still the wild ringing of the bell continued, and, above it, the
+hoarse, shrieking cry.
+
+My father opened the door and went out, and we could hear him striding
+down the gravel path, and we clung to one another and waited.
+
+After what seemed an endless time, we heard the heavy gate unbarred,
+and quickly clanged to, and footsteps returning on the gravel. Then the
+door opened again, and my father entered, and behind him a crouching
+figure that felt its way with its hands as it crept along, as a blind
+man might. The figure stood up when it reached the middle of the hall,
+and mopped its eyes with a dirty rag that it carried in its hand; after
+which it held the rag over the umbrella-stand and wrung it out, as
+washerwomen wring out clothes, and the dark drippings fell into the
+tray with a dull, heavy splut.
+
+My father whispered something to my mother, and she went out towards
+the back; and, in a little while, we heard the stamping of hoofs—the
+angry plunge of a spur-startled horse—the rhythmic throb of the long,
+straight gallop, dying away into the distance.
+
+My mother returned and spoke some reassuring words to the servants. My
+father, having made fast the door and extinguished all but one or two
+of the lights, had gone into a small room on the right of the hall; the
+crouching figure, still mopping that moisture from its eyes, following
+him. We could hear them talking there in low tones, my father
+questioning, the other voice thick and interspersed with short panting
+grunts.
+
+We on the stairs huddled closer together, and, in the darkness, I felt
+my mother’s arm steal round me and encompass me, so that I was not
+afraid. Then we waited, while the silence round our frightened whispers
+thickened and grew heavy till the weight of it seemed to hurt us.
+
+At length, out of its depths, there crept to our ears a faint murmur.
+It gathered strength like the sound of the oncoming of a wave upon a
+stony shore, until it broke in a Babel of vehement voices just outside.
+After a few moments, the hubbub ceased, and there came a furious
+ringing—then angry shouts demanding admittance.
+
+Some of the women began to cry. My father came out into the hall,
+closing the room door behind him, and ordered them to be quiet, so
+sternly that they were stunned into silence. The furious ringing was
+repeated; and, this time, threats mingled among the hoarse shouts. My
+mother’s arm tightened around me, and I could hear the beating of her
+heart.
+
+The voices outside the gate sank into a low confused mumbling. Soon
+they died away altogether, and the silence flowed back.
+
+My father turned up the hall lamp, and stood listening.
+
+Suddenly, from the back of the house, rose the noise of a great
+crashing, followed by oaths and savage laughter.
+
+My father rushed forward, but was borne back; and, in an instant, the
+hall was full of grim, ferocious faces. My father, trembling a little
+(or else it was the shadow cast by the flickering lamp), and with lips
+tight pressed, stood confronting them; while we women and children, too
+scared to even cry, shrank back up the stairs.
+
+What followed during the next few moments is, in my memory, only a
+confused tumult, above which my father’s high, clear tones rise every
+now and again, entreating, arguing, commanding. I see nothing
+distinctly until one of the grimmest of the faces thrusts itself before
+the others, and a voice which, like Aaron’s rod, swallows up all its
+fellows, says in deep, determined bass, “Coom, we’ve had enow chatter,
+master. Thee mun give ’un up, or thee mun get out o’ th’ way an’ we’ll
+search th’ house for oursel’.”
+
+Then a light flashed into my father’s eyes that kindled something
+inside me, so that the fear went out of me, and I struggled to free
+myself from my mother’s arm, for the desire stirred me to fling myself
+down upon the grimy faces below, and beat and stamp upon them with my
+fists. Springing across the hall, he snatched from the wall where it
+hung an ancient club, part of a trophy of old armour, and planting his
+back against the door through which they would have to pass, he
+shouted, “Then be damned to you all, he’s in this room! Come and fetch
+him out.”
+
+(I recollect that speech well. I puzzled over it, even at that time,
+excited though I was. I had always been told that only low, wicked
+people ever used the word “damn,” and I tried to reconcile things, and
+failed.)
+
+The men drew back and muttered among themselves. It was an ugly-looking
+weapon, studded with iron spikes. My father held it secured to his hand
+by a chain, and there was an ugly look about him also, now, that gave
+his face a strange likeness to the dark faces round him.
+
+But my mother grew very white and cold, and underneath her breath she
+kept crying, “Oh, will they never come—will they never come?” and a
+cricket somewhere about the house began to chirp.
+
+Then all at once, without a word, my mother flew down the stairs, and
+passed like a flash of light through the crowd of dusky figures. How
+she did it I could never understand, for the two heavy bolts had both
+been drawn, but the next moment the door stood wide open; and a hum of
+voices, cheery with the anticipation of a period of perfect bliss, was
+borne in upon the cool night air.
+
+My mother was always very quick of hearing.
+
+* * * * *
+
+Again, I see a wild crowd of grim faces, and my father’s, very pale,
+amongst them. But this time the faces are very many, and they come and
+go like faces in a dream. The ground beneath my feet is wet and sloppy,
+and a black rain is falling. There are women’s faces in the crowd, wild
+and haggard, and long skinny arms stretch out threateningly towards my
+father, and shrill, frenzied voices call out curses on him. Boys’ faces
+also pass me in the grey light, and on some of them there is an impish
+grin.
+
+I seem to be in everybody’s way; and to get out of it, I crawl into a
+dark, draughty corner and crouch there among cinders. Around me, great
+engines fiercely strain and pant like living things fighting beyond
+their strength. Their gaunt arms whirl madly above me, and the ground
+rocks with their throbbing. Dark figures flit to and fro, pausing from
+time to time to wipe the black sweat from their faces.
+
+The pale light fades, and the flame-lit night lies red upon the land.
+The flitting figures take strange shapes. I hear the hissing of wheels,
+the furious clanking of iron chains, the hoarse shouting of many
+voices, the hurrying tread of many feet; and, through all, the wailing
+and weeping and cursing that never seem to cease. I drop into a
+restless sleep, and dream that I have broken a chapel window,
+stone-throwing, and have died and gone to hell.
+
+At length, a cold hand is laid upon my shoulder, and I awake. The wild
+faces have vanished and all is silent now, and I wonder if the whole
+thing has been a dream. My father lifts me into the dog-cart, and we
+drive home through the chill dawn.
+
+My mother opens the door softly as we alight. She does not speak, only
+looks her question. “It’s all over, Maggie,” answers my father very
+quietly, as he takes off his coat and lays it across a chair; “we’ve
+got to begin the world afresh.”
+
+My mother’s arms steal up about his neck; and I, feeling heavy with a
+trouble I do not understand, creep off to bed.
+
+
+
+
+THE LEASE OF THE “CROSS KEYS.”
+
+
+This story is about a shop: many stories are. One Sunday evening this
+Bishop had to preach a sermon at St. Paul’s Cathedral. The occasion was
+a very special and important one, and every God-fearing newspaper in
+the kingdom sent its own special representative to report the
+proceedings.
+
+Now, of the three reporters thus commissioned, one was a man of
+appearance so eminently respectable that no one would have thought of
+taking him for a journalist. People used to put him down for a County
+Councillor or an Archdeacon at the very least. As a matter of fact,
+however, he was a sinful man, with a passion for gin. He lived at Bow,
+and, on the Sabbath in question, he left his home at five o’clock in
+the afternoon, and started to walk to the scene of his labours. The
+road from Bow to the City on a wet and chilly Sunday evening is a
+cheerless one; who can blame him if on his way he stopped once or twice
+to comfort himself with “two” of his favourite beverage? On reaching
+St. Paul’s he found he had twenty minutes to spare—just time enough for
+one final “nip.” Half way down a narrow court leading out of the
+Churchyard he found a quiet little hostelry, and, entering the private
+bar, whispered insinuatingly across the counter:
+
+“Two of gin hot, if you please, my dear.”
+
+His voice had the self-satisfied meekness of the successful
+ecclesiastic, his bearing suggested rectitude tempered by desire to
+avoid observation. The barmaid, impressed by his manner and appearance,
+drew the attention of the landlord to him. The landlord covertly took
+stock of so much of him as could be seen between his buttoned-up coat
+and his drawn-down hat, and wondered how so bland and innocent-looking
+a gentleman came to know of gin.
+
+A landlord’s duty, however, is not to wonder, but to serve. The gin was
+given to the man, and the man drank it. He liked it. It was good gin:
+he was a connoisseur, and he knew. Indeed, so good did it seem to him
+that he felt it would be a waste of opportunity not to have another
+twopen’orth. Therefore he had a second “go”; maybe a third. Then he
+returned to the Cathedral, and sat himself down with his notebook on
+his knee and waited.
+
+As the service proceeded there stole over him that spirit of
+indifference to all earthly surroundings that religion and drink are
+alone able to bestow. He heard the good Bishop’s text and wrote it
+down. Then he heard the Bishop’s “sixthly and lastly,” and took that
+down, and looked at his notebook and wondered in a peaceful way what
+had become of the “firstly” to “fifthly” inclusive. He sat there
+wondering until the people round him began to get up and move away,
+whereupon it struck him swiftly and suddenly that be had been asleep,
+and had thereby escaped the main body of the discourse.
+
+What on earth was he to do? He was representing one of the leading
+religious papers. A full report of the sermon was wanted that very
+night. Seizing the robe of a passing wandsman, he tremulously inquired
+if the Bishop had yet left the Cathedral. The wandsman answered that he
+had not, but that he was just on the point of doing so.
+
+“I must see him before he goes!” exclaimed the reporter, excitedly.
+
+“You can’t,” replied the wandsman. The journalist grew frantic.
+
+“Tell him,” he cried, “a penitent sinner desires to speak with him
+about the sermon he has just delivered. To-morrow it will be too late.”
+
+The wandsman was touched; so was the Bishop. He said he would see the
+poor fellow.
+
+As soon as the door was shut the man, with tears in his eyes, told the
+Bishop the truth—leaving out the gin. He said that he was a poor man,
+and not in good health, that he had been up half the night before, and
+had walked all the way from Bow that evening. He dwelt on the
+disastrous results to himself and his family should he fail to obtain a
+report of the sermon. The Bishop felt sorry for the man. Also, he was
+anxious that his sermon should be reported.
+
+“Well, I trust it will be a warning to you against going to sleep in
+church,” he said, with an indulgent smile. “Luckily, I have brought my
+notes with me, and if you will promise to be very careful of them, and
+to bring them back to me the first thing in the morning, I will lend
+them to you.”
+
+With this, the Bishop opened and handed to the man a neat little black
+leather bag, inside which lay a neat little roll of manuscript.
+
+“Better take the bag to keep it in,” added the Bishop. “Be sure and let
+me have them both back early to-morrow.”
+
+The reporter, when he examined the contents of the bag under a lamp in
+the Cathedral vestibule, could hardly believe his good fortune. The
+careful Bishop’s notes were so full and clear that for all practical
+purposes they were equal to a report. His work was already done. He
+felt so pleased with himself that he determined to treat himself to
+another “two” of gin, and, with this intent, made his way across to the
+little “public” before-mentioned.
+
+“It’s really excellent gin you sell here,” he said to the barmaid when
+he had finished; “I think, my dear, I’ll have just one more.”
+
+At eleven the landlord gently but firmly insisted on his leaving, and
+he went, assisted, as far as the end of the court, by the potboy. After
+he was gone, the landlord noticed a neat little black bag on the seat
+where he had been lying. Examining it closely, he discovered a brass
+plate between the handles, and upon the brass plate were engraved the
+owner’s name and title. Opening the bag, the landlord saw a neat little
+roll of manuscript, and across a corner of the manuscript was written
+the Bishop’s name and address.
+
+The landlord blew a long, low whistle, and stood with his round eyes
+wide open gazing down at the open bag. Then he put on his hat and coat,
+and taking the bag, went out down the court, chuckling hugely as he
+walked. He went straight to the house of the Resident Canon and rang
+the bell.
+
+“Tell Mr. ---,” he said to the servant, “that I must see him to-night.
+I wouldn’t disturb him at this late hour if it wasn’t something very
+important.”
+
+The landlord was ushered up. Closing the door softly behind him, he
+coughed deferentially.
+
+“Well, Mr. Peters” (I will call him “Peters”), said the Canon, “what is
+it?”
+
+“Well, sir,” said Mr. Peters, slowly and deliberately, “it’s about that
+there lease o’ mine. I do hope you gentlemen will see your way to
+makin’ it twenty-one year instead o’ fourteen.”
+
+“God bless the man!” cried the Canon, jumping up indignantly, “you
+don’t mean to say you’ve come to me at eleven o’clock on a Sunday night
+to talk about your lease?”
+
+“Well, not entirely, sir,” answered Peters, unabashed; “there’s another
+little thing I wished to speak to you about, and that’s this”—saying
+which, he laid the Bishop’s bag before the Canon and told his story.
+
+The Canon looked at Mr. Peters, and Mr. Peters looked at the Canon.
+
+“There must be some mistake,” said the Canon.
+
+“There’s no mistake,” said the landlord. “I had my suspicions when I
+first clapped eyes on him. I seed he wasn’t our usual sort, and I seed
+how he tried to hide his face. If he weren’t the Bishop, then I don’t
+know a Bishop when I sees one, that’s all. Besides, there’s his bag,
+and there’s his sermon.”
+
+Mr. Peters folded his arms and waited. The Canon pondered. Such things
+had been known to happen before in Church history. Why not again?
+
+“Does any one know of this besides yourself?” asked the Canon.
+
+“Not a livin’ soul,” replied Mr. Peters, “as yet.”
+
+“I think—I think, Mr. Peters,” said the Canon, “that we may be able to
+extend your lease to twenty-one years.”
+
+“Thank you kindly, sir,” said the landlord, and departed. Next morning
+the Canon waited on the Bishop and laid the bag before him.
+
+“Oh,” said the Bishop cheerfully, “he’s sent it back by you, has he?”
+
+“He has, sir,” replied the Canon; “and thankful I am that it was to me
+he brought it. It is right,” continued the Canon, “that I should inform
+your lordship that I am aware of the circumstances under which it left
+your hands.”
+
+The Canon’s eye was severe, and the Bishop laughed uneasily.
+
+“I suppose it wasn’t quite the thing for me to do,” he answered
+apologetically; “but there, all’s well that ends well,” and the Bishop
+laughed.
+
+This stung the Canon. “Oh, sir,” he exclaimed, with a burst of fervour,
+“in Heaven’s name—for the sake of our Church, let me entreat—let me
+pray you never to let such a thing occur again.”
+
+The Bishop turned upon him angrily.
+
+“Why, what a fuss you make about a little thing!” he cried; then,
+seeing the look of agony upon the other’s face, he paused.
+
+“How did you get that bag?” he asked.
+
+“The landlord of the Cross Keys brought it me,” answered the Canon;
+“you left it there last night.”
+
+The Bishop gave a gasp, and sat down heavily. When he recovered his
+breath, he told the Canon the real history of the case; and the Canon
+is still trying to believe it.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN INGERFIELD AND OTHER STORIES ***
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
+United States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
+Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
+on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
+  you are located before using this eBook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg™ License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format
+other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
+Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+provided that:
+
+• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
+  works.
+
+• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you “AS-IS”, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™
+
+Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™'s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
+widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
diff --git a/2525-0.zip b/2525-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf00c64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/2525-0.zip
diff --git a/2525-h.zip b/2525-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19bca27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/2525-h.zip
diff --git a/2525-h/2525-h.htm b/2525-h/2525-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7da0ad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/2525-h/2525-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3507 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of John Ingerfield and Other Stories, by Jerome K. Jerome</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+body { margin-left: 20%;
+       margin-right: 20%;
+       text-align: justify; }
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight:
+normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 300%;
+    margin-top: 0.6em;
+    margin-bottom: 0.6em;
+    letter-spacing: 0.12em;
+    word-spacing: 0.2em;
+    text-indent: 0em;}
+h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;}
+h4 {font-size: 120%;}
+h5 {font-size: 110%;}
+
+.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;}
+
+hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+p {text-indent: 1em;
+   margin-top: 0.25em;
+   margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
+
+p.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+          margin-left: 10%;
+          margin-right: 10%;
+          margin-top: 1em;
+          margin-bottom: 1em; }
+
+.letter {text-indent: 0%;
+         margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+         margin-top: 1em;
+         margin-bottom: 1em;}
+
+a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+a:hover {color:red}
+
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of John Ingerfield and Other Stories, by Jerome K. Jerome</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
+country where you are located before using this eBook.
+</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: John Ingerfield and Other Stories</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Jerome K. Jerome</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: February, 2001 [eBook #2525]<br />
+[Most recently updated: April 14, 2023]</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: David Price</div>
+<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN INGERFIELD AND OTHER STORIES ***</div>
+
+<h1>JOHN INGERFIELD<br/>
+AND OTHER STORIES</h1>
+
+<h2 class="no-break">by Jerome K. Jerome</h2>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2>Contents</h2>
+
+<table summary="" style="">
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap01">To the Gentle Reader</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap02">In Remembrance of John Ingerfield and of Anne, his Wife</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap03">The Woman of the Sæter</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap04">Variety Patter</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap05">Silhouettes</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td> <a href="#chap06">The Lease of the “Cross Keys”</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap01"></a>TO THE GENTLE READER;<br/>
+also<br/>
+TO THE GENTLE CRITIC.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Once upon a time, I wrote a little story of a woman who was crushed to death by
+a python. A day or two after its publication, a friend stopped me in the
+street. “Charming little story of yours,” he said, “that about the woman and
+the snake; but it’s not as funny as some of your things!” The next week, a
+newspaper, referring to the tale, remarked, “We have heard the incident related
+before with infinitely greater humour.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this—and many similar experiences—in mind, I wish distinctly to state that
+“John Ingerfield,” “The Woman of the Sæter,” and “Silhouettes,” are not
+intended to be amusing. The two other items—“Variety Patter,” and “The Lease of
+the Cross Keys”—I give over to the critics of the new humour to rend as they
+will; but “John Ingerfield,” “The Woman of the Sæter,” and “Silhouettes,” I
+repeat, I should be glad if they would judge from some other standpoint than
+that of humour, new or old.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap02"></a>IN REMEMBRANCE OF JOHN INGERFIELD, AND OF ANNE, HIS WIFE<br/>
+A STORY OF OLD LONDON, IN TWO CHAPTERS</h2>
+
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+<p>
+If you take the Underground Railway to Whitechapel Road (the East station), and
+from there take one of the yellow tramcars that start from that point, and go
+down the Commercial Road, past the George, in front of which stands—or used to
+stand—a high flagstaff, at the base of which sits—or used to sit—an elderly
+female purveyor of pigs’ trotters at three-ha’pence apiece, until you come to
+where a railway arch crosses the road obliquely, and there get down and turn to
+the right up a narrow, noisy street leading to the river, and then to the right
+again up a still narrower street, which you may know by its having a
+public-house at one corner (as is in the nature of things) and a marine
+store-dealer’s at the other, outside which strangely stiff and unaccommodating
+garments of gigantic size flutter ghost-like in the wind, you will come to a
+dingy railed-in churchyard, surrounded on all sides by cheerless, many-peopled
+houses. Sad-looking little old houses they are, in spite of the tumult of life
+about their ever open doors. They and the ancient church in their midst seem
+weary of the ceaseless jangle around them. Perhaps, standing there for so many
+years, listening to the long silence of the dead, the fretful voices of the
+living sound foolish in their ears.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Peering through the railings on the side nearest the river, you will see
+beneath the shadow of the soot-grimed church’s soot-grimed porch—that is, if
+the sun happen, by rare chance, to be strong enough to cast any shadow at all
+in that region of grey light—a curiously high and narrow headstone that once
+was white and straight, not tottering and bent with age as it is now. There is
+upon this stone a carving in bas-relief, as you will see for yourself if you
+will make your way to it through the gateway on the opposite side of the
+square. It represents, so far as can be made out, for it is much worn by time
+and dirt, a figure lying on the ground with another figure bending over it,
+while at a little distance stands a third object. But this last is so
+indistinct that it might be almost anything, from an angel to a post.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And below the carving are the words (already half obliterated) that I have used
+for the title of this story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Should you ever wander of a Sunday morning within sound of the cracked bell
+that calls a few habit-bound, old-fashioned folk to worship within those
+damp-stained walls, and drop into talk with the old men who on such days
+sometimes sit, each in his brass-buttoned long brown coat, upon the low stone
+coping underneath those broken railings, you might hear this tale from them, as
+I did, more years ago than I care to recollect.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But lest you do not choose to go to all this trouble, or lest the old men who
+could tell it you have grown tired of all talk, and are not to be roused ever
+again into the telling of tales, and you yet wish for the story, I will here
+set it down for you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But I cannot recount it to you as they told it to me, for to me it was only a
+tale that I heard and remembered, thinking to tell it again for profit, while
+to them it was a thing that had been, and the threads of it were interwoven
+with the woof of their own life. As they talked, faces that I did not see
+passed by among the crowd and turned and looked at them, and voices that I did
+not hear spoke to them below the clamour of the street, so that through their
+thin piping voices there quivered the deep music of life and death, and my tale
+must be to theirs but as a gossip’s chatter to the story of him whose breast
+has felt the press of battle.
+</p>
+
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield, oil and tallow refiner, of Lavender Wharf, Limehouse, comes of
+a hard-headed, hard-fisted stock. The first of the race that the eye of Record,
+piercing the deepening mists upon the centuries behind her, is able to discern
+with any clearness is a long-haired, sea-bronzed personage, whom men call
+variously Inge or Unger. Out of the wild North Sea he has come. Record observes
+him, one of a small, fierce group, standing on the sands of desolate
+Northumbria, staring landward, his worldly wealth upon his back. This consists
+of a two-handed battle-axe, value perhaps some forty stycas in the currency of
+the time. A careful man, with business capabilities, may, however, manipulate a
+small capital to great advantage. In what would appear, to those accustomed to
+our slow modern methods, an incredibly short space of time, Inge’s two-handed
+battle-axe has developed into wide lands and many head of cattle; which latter
+continue to multiply with a rapidity beyond the dreams of present-day breeders.
+Inge’s descendants would seem to have inherited the genius of their ancestor,
+for they prosper and their worldly goods increase. They are a money-making
+race. In all times, out of all things, by all means, they make money. They
+fight for money, marry for money, live for money, are ready to die for money.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the days when the most saleable and the highest priced article in the
+markets of Europe was a strong arm and a cool head, then each Ingerfield (as
+“Inge,” long rooted in Yorkshire soil, had grown or been corrupted to) was a
+soldier of fortune, and offered his strong arm and his cool head to the highest
+bidder. They fought for their price, and they took good care that they obtained
+their price; but, the price settled, they fought well, for they were staunch
+men and true, according to their lights, though these lights may have been
+placed somewhat low down, near the earth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then followed the days when the chief riches of the world lay tossed for daring
+hands to grasp upon the bosom of the sea, and the sleeping spirit of the old
+Norse Rover stirred in their veins, and the lilt of a wild sea-song they had
+never heard kept ringing in their ears; and they built them ships and sailed
+for the Spanish Main, and won much wealth, as was their wont.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Later on, when Civilisation began to lay down and enforce sterner rules for the
+game of life, and peaceful methods promised to prove more profitable than
+violent, the Ingerfields became traders and merchants of grave mien and sober
+life; for their ambition from generation to generation remains ever the same,
+their various callings being but means to an end.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A hard, stern race of men they would seem to have been, but just—so far as they
+understood justice. They have the reputation of having been good husbands,
+fathers, and masters; but one cannot help thinking of them as more respected
+than loved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They were men to exact the uttermost farthing due to them, yet not without a
+sense of the thing due from them, their own duty and responsibility—nay, not
+altogether without their moments of heroism, which is the duty of great men.
+History relates how a certain Captain Ingerfield, returning with much treasure
+from the West Indies—how acquired it were, perhaps, best not to inquire too
+closely—is overhauled upon the high seas by King’s frigate. Captain of King’s
+frigate sends polite message to Captain Ingerfield requesting him to be so kind
+as to promptly hand over a certain member of his ship’s company, who, by some
+means or another, has made himself objectionable to King’s friends, in order
+that he (the said objectionable person) may be forthwith hanged from the
+yard-arm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Captain Ingerfield returns polite answer to Captain of King’s frigate that he
+(Captain Ingerfield) will, with much pleasure, hang any member of his ship’s
+company that needs hanging, but that neither the King of England nor any one
+else on God Almighty’s sea is going to do it for him. Captain of King’s frigate
+sends back word that if objectionable person be not at once given up he shall
+be compelled with much regret to send Ingerfield and his ship to the bottom of
+the Atlantic. Replies Captain Ingerfield, “That is just what he will have to do
+before I give up one of my people,” and fights the big frigate—fights it so
+fiercely that after three hours Captain of King’s frigate thinks it will be
+good to try argument again, and sends therefore a further message, courteously
+acknowledging Captain Ingerfield’s courage and skill, and suggesting that, he
+having done sufficient to vindicate his honour and renown, it would be politic
+to now hand over the unimportant cause of contention, and so escape with his
+treasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell your Captain,” shouts back this Ingerfield, who has discovered there are
+sweeter things to fight for than even money, “that the <i>Wild Goose</i> has
+flown the seas with her belly full of treasure before now, and will, if it be
+God’s pleasure, so do again, but that master and man in her sail together,
+fight together, and die together.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Whereupon King’s frigate pounds away more vigorously than ever, and succeeds
+eventually in carrying out her threat. Down goes the <i>Wild Goose</i>, her
+last chase ended—down she goes with a plunge, spit foremost with her colours
+flying; and down with her goes every man left standing on her decks; and at the
+bottom of the Atlantic they lie to this day, master and man side by side,
+keeping guard upon their treasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Which incident, and it is well authenticated, goes far to prove that the
+Ingerfields, hard men and grasping men though they be—men caring more for the
+getting of money than for the getting of love—loving more the cold grip of gold
+than the grip of kith or kin, yet bear buried in their hearts the seeds of a
+nobler manhood, for which, however, the barren soil of their ambition affords
+scant nourishment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The John Ingerfield of this story is a man very typical of his race. He has
+discovered that the oil and tallow refining business, though not a pleasant
+one, is an exceedingly lucrative one. These are the good days when George the
+Third is king, and London is rapidly becoming a city of bright night. Tallow
+and oil and all materials akin thereto are in ever-growing request, and young
+John Ingerfield builds himself a large refining house and warehouse in the
+growing suburb of Limehouse, which lies between the teeming river and the quiet
+fields, gathers many people round about him, puts his strong heart into his
+work, and prospers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the days of his youth he labours and garners, and lays out and garners yet
+again. In early middle age he finds himself a wealthy man. The chief business
+of life, the getting of money, is practically done; his enterprise is firmly
+established, and will continue to grow with ever less need of husbandry. It is
+time for him to think about the secondary business of life, the getting
+together of a wife and home, for the Ingerfields have ever been good citizens,
+worthy heads of families, openhanded hosts, making a brave show among friends
+and neighbours.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield, sitting in his stiff, high-backed chair, in his stiffly, but
+solidly, furnished dining-room, above his counting-house, sipping slowly his
+one glass of port, takes counsel with himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What shall she be?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He is rich, and can afford a good article. She must be young and handsome, fit
+to grace the fine house he will take for her in fashionable Bloomsbury, far
+from the odour and touch of oil and tallow. She must be well bred, with a
+gracious, noble manner, that will charm his guests and reflect honour and
+credit upon himself; she must, above all, be of good family, with a
+genealogical tree sufficiently umbrageous to hide Lavender Wharf from the eyes
+of Society.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What else she may or may not be he does not very much care. She will, of
+course, be virtuous and moderately pious, as it is fit and proper that women
+should be. It will also be well that her disposition be gentle and yielding,
+but that is of minor importance, at all events so far as he is concerned: the
+Ingerfield husbands are not the class of men upon whom wives vent their
+tempers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Having decided in his mind <i>what</i> she shall be, he proceeds to discuss
+with himself <i>who</i> she shall be. His social circle is small. Methodically,
+in thought, he makes the entire round of it, mentally scrutinising every maiden
+that he knows. Some are charming, some are fair, some are rich; but no one of
+them approaches near to his carefully considered ideal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He keeps the subject in his mind, and muses on it in the intervals of business.
+At odd moments he jots down names as they occur to him upon a slip of paper,
+which he pins for the purpose on the inside of the cover of his desk. He
+arranges them alphabetically, and when it is as complete as his memory can make
+it, he goes critically down the list, making a few notes against each. As a
+result, it becomes clear to him that he must seek among strangers for his wife.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He has a friend, or rather an acquaintance, an old school-fellow, who has
+developed into one of those curious social flies that in all ages are to be met
+with buzzing contentedly within the most exclusive circles, and concerning
+whom, seeing that they are neither rare nor rich, nor extraordinarily clever
+nor well born, one wonders “how the devil they got there!” Meeting this man by
+chance one afternoon, he links his arm in his and invites him home to dinner.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So soon as they are left alone, with the walnuts and wine between them, John
+Ingerfield says, thoughtfully cracking a hard nut between his fingers—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Will, I’m going to get married.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Excellent idea—delighted to hear it, I’m sure,” replies Will, somewhat less
+interested in the information than in the delicately flavoured Madeira he is
+lovingly sipping. “Who’s the lady?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I don’t know, yet,” is John Ingerfield’s answer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His friend glances slyly at him over his glass, not sure whether he is expected
+to be amused or sympathetically helpful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I want you to find one for me.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Will Cathcart puts down his glass and stares at his host across the table.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Should be delighted to help you, Jack,” he stammers, in an alarmed tone—“’pon
+my soul I should; but really don’t know a damned woman I could recommend—’pon
+my soul I don’t.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You must see a good many: I wish you’d look out for one that you <i>could</i>
+recommend.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Certainly I will, my dear Jack!” answers the other, in a relieved voice.
+“Never thought about ’em in that way before. Daresay I shall come across the
+very girl to suit you. I’ll keep my eyes open and let you know.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I shall be obliged to you if you will,” replies John Ingerfield, quietly; “and
+it’s your turn, I think, to oblige me, Will. I have obliged you, if you
+recollect.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Shall never forget it, my dear Jack,” murmurs Will, a little uneasily. “It was
+uncommonly good of you. You saved me from ruin, Jack: shall think about it to
+my dying day—’pon my soul I shall.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No need to let it worry you for so long a period as that,” returns John, with
+the faintest suspicion of a smile playing round his firm mouth. “The bill falls
+due at the end of next month. You can discharge the debt then, and the matter
+will be off your mind.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Will finds his chair growing uncomfortable under him, while the Madeira somehow
+loses its flavour. He gives a short, nervous laugh.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“By Jove,” he says: “so soon as that? The date had quite slipped my memory.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Fortunate that I reminded you,” says John, the smile round his lips deepening.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Will fidgets on his seat. “I’m afraid, my dear Jack,” he says, “I shall have to
+get you to renew it, just for a month or two,—deuced awkward thing, but I’m
+remarkably short of money this year. Truth is, I can’t get what’s owing to
+myself.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That’s very awkward, certainly,” replies his friend, “because I am not at all
+sure that I shall be able to renew it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Will stares at him in some alarm. “But what am I to do if I hav’n’t the money?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield shrugs his shoulders.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You don’t mean, my dear Jack, that you would put me in prison?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why not? Other people have to go there who can’t pay their debts.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Will Cathcart’s alarm grows to serious proportions. “But our friendship,” he
+cries, “our—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My dear Will,” interrupts the other, “there are few friends I would lend three
+hundred pounds to and make no effort to get it back. You, certainly, are not
+one of them.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let us make a bargain,” he continues. “Find me a wife, and on the day of my
+marriage I will send you back that bill with, perhaps, a couple of hundred
+added. If by the end of next month you have not introduced me to a lady fit to
+be, and willing to be, Mrs. John Ingerfield, I shall decline to renew it.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield refills his own glass and hospitably pushes the bottle towards
+his guest—who, however, contrary to his custom, takes no notice of it, but
+stares hard at his shoe-buckles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Are you serious?” he says at length.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Quite serious,” is the answer. “I want to marry. My wife must be a lady by
+birth and education. She must be of good family—of family sufficiently good,
+indeed, to compensate for the refinery. She must be young and beautiful and
+charming. I am purely a business man. I want a woman capable of conducting the
+social department of my life. I know of no such lady myself. I appeal to you,
+because you, I know, are intimate with the class among whom she must be
+sought.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There may be some difficulty in persuading a lady of the required
+qualifications to accept the situation,” says Cathcart, with a touch of malice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I want you to find one who will,” says John Ingerfield.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Early in the evening Will Cathcart takes leave of his host, and departs
+thoughtful and anxious; and John Ingerfield strolls contemplatively up and down
+his wharf, for the smell of oil and tallow has grown to be very sweet to him,
+and it is pleasant to watch the moonbeams shining on the piled-up casks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Six weeks go by. On the first day of the seventh John takes Will Cathcart’s
+acceptance from its place in the large safe, and lays it in the smaller box
+beside his desk, devoted to more pressing and immediate business. Two days
+later Cathcart picks his way across the slimy yard, passes through the
+counting-house, and enters his friend’s inner sanctum, closing the door behind
+him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He wears a jubilant air, and slaps the grave John on the back. “I’ve got her,
+Jack,” he cries. “It’s been hard work, I can tell you: sounding suspicious old
+dowagers, bribing confidential servants, fishing for information among friends
+of the family. By Jove, I shall be able to join the Duke’s staff as
+spy-in-chief to His Majesty’s entire forces after this!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What is she like?” asks John, without stopping his writing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Like! My dear Jack, you’ll fall over head and ears in love with her the moment
+you see her. A little cold, perhaps, but that will just suit you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Good family?” asks John, signing and folding the letter he has finished.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“So good that I was afraid at first it would be useless thinking of her. But
+she’s a sensible girl, no confounded nonsense about her, and the family are
+poor as church mice. In fact—well, to tell the truth, we have become most
+excellent friends, and she told me herself frankly that she meant to marry a
+rich man, and didn’t much care whom.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That sounds hopeful,” remarks the would-be bridegroom, with his peculiar dry
+smile: “when shall I have the pleasure of seeing her?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I want you to come with me to-night to the Garden,” replies the other; “she
+will be in Lady Heatherington’s box, and I will introduce you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So that evening John Ingerfield goes to Covent Garden Theatre, with the blood
+running a trifle quicker in his veins, but not much, than would be the case
+were he going to the docks to purchase tallow—examines, covertly, the proposed
+article from the opposite side of the house, and approves her—is introduced to
+her, and, on closer inspection, approves her still more—receives an invitation
+to visit—visits frequently, and each time is more satisfied of the rarity,
+serviceableness, and quality of the article.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+If all John Ingerfield requires for a wife is a beautiful social machine,
+surely here he has found his ideal. Anne Singleton, only daughter of that
+persistently unfortunate but most charming of baronets, Sir Harry Singleton
+(more charming, it is rumoured, outside his family circle than within it), is a
+stately, graceful, high-bred woman. Her portrait, by Reynolds, still to be seen
+above the carved wainscoting of one of the old City halls, shows a wonderfully
+handsome and clever face, but at the same time a wonderfully cold and heartless
+one. It is the face of a woman half weary of, half sneering at the world. One
+reads in old family letters, whereof the ink is now very faded and the paper
+very yellow, long criticisms of this portrait. The writers complain that if the
+picture is at all like her she must have greatly changed since her girlhood,
+for they remember her then as having a laughing and winsome expression.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They say—they who knew her in after-life—that this earlier face came back to
+her in the end, so that the many who remembered opening their eyes and seeing
+her bending down over them could never recognise the portrait of the beautiful
+sneering lady, even when they were told whom it represented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But at the time of John Ingerfield’s strange wooing she was the Anne Singleton
+of Sir Joshua’s portrait, and John Ingerfield liked her the better that she
+was.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He had no feeling of sentiment in the matter himself, and it simplified the
+case that she had none either. He offered her a plain bargain, and she accepted
+it. For all he knew or cared, her attitude towards this subject of marriage was
+the usual one assumed by women. Very young girls had their heads full of
+romantic ideas. It was better for her and for him that she had got rid of them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Ours will be a union founded on good sense,” said John Ingerfield.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Let us hope the experiment will succeed,” said Anne Singleton.
+</p>
+
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+<p>
+But the experiment does not succeed. The laws of God decree that man shall
+purchase woman, that woman shall give herself to man, for other coin than that
+of good sense. Good sense is not a legal tender in the marriage mart. Men and
+women who enter therein with only sense in their purse have no right to
+complain if, on reaching home, they find they have concluded an unsatisfactory
+bargain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield, when he asked Anne Singleton to be his wife, felt no more love
+for her than he felt for any of the other sumptuous household appointments he
+was purchasing about the same time, and made no pretence of doing so. Nor, had
+he done so, would she have believed him; for Anne Singleton has learned much in
+her twenty-two summers and winters, and knows that love is only a meteor in
+life’s sky, and that the true lodestar of this world is gold. Anne Singleton
+has had her romance and buried it deep down in her deep nature and over its
+grave, to keep its ghost from rising, has piled the stones of indifference and
+contempt, as many a woman has done before and since. Once upon a time Anne
+Singleton sat dreaming out a story. It was a story old as the hills—older than
+some of them—but to her, then, it was quite new and very wonderful. It
+contained all the usual stock material common to such stories: the lad and the
+lass, the plighted troth, the richer suitors, the angry parents, the love that
+was worth braving all the world for. One day into this dream there fell from
+the land of the waking a letter, a poor, pitiful letter: “You know I love you
+and only you,” it ran; “my heart will always be yours till I die. But my father
+threatens to stop my allowance, and, as you know, I have nothing of my own
+except debts. Some would call her handsome, but how can I think of her beside
+you? Oh, why was money ever let to come into the world to curse us?” with many
+other puzzling questions of a like character, and much severe condemnation of
+Fate and Heaven and other parties generally, and much self-commiseration.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne Singleton took long to read the letter. When she had finished it, and had
+read it through again, she rose, and, crushing it her hand, flung it in the
+fire with a laugh, and as the flame burnt up and died away felt that her life
+had died with it, not knowing that bruised hearts can heal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So when John Ingerfield comes wooing, and speaks to her no word of love but
+only of money, she feels that here at last is a genuine voice that she can
+trust. Love of the lesser side of life is still left to her. It will be
+pleasant to be the wealthy mistress of a fine house, to give great receptions,
+to exchange the secret poverty of home for display and luxury. These things are
+offered to her on the very terms she would have suggested herself. Accompanied
+by love she would have refused them, knowing she could give none in return.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But a woman finds it one thing not to desire affection and another thing not to
+possess it. Day by day the atmosphere of the fine house in Bloomsbury grows
+cold and colder about her heart. Guests warm it at times for a few hours, then
+depart, leaving it chillier than before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For her husband she attempts to feel indifference, but living creatures joined
+together cannot feel indifference for each other. Even two dogs in a leash are
+compelled to think of one another. A man and wife must love or hate, like or
+dislike, in degree as the bond connecting them is drawn tight or allowed to
+hang slack. By mutual desire their chains of wedlock have been fastened as
+loosely as respect for security will permit, with the happy consequence that
+her aversion to him does not obtrude itself beyond the limits of politeness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Her part of the contract she faithfully fulfils, for the Singletons also have
+their code of honour. Her beauty, her tact, her charm, her influence, are
+devoted to his service—to the advancement of his position, the furtherance of
+his ambition. Doors that would otherwise remain closed she opens to him.
+Society, that would otherwise pass by with a sneer, sits round his table. His
+wishes and pleasures are hers. In all things she yields him wifely duty, seeks
+to render herself agreeable to him, suffers in silence his occasional caresses.
+Whatever was implied in the bargain, that she will perform to the letter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He, on his side, likewise performs his part with businesslike
+conscientiousness—nay, seeing that the pleasing of her brings no personal
+gratification to himself—not without generosity. He is ever thoughtful of and
+deferential to her, awarding her at all times an unvarying courteousness that
+is none the less sincere for being studied. Her every expressed want is
+gratified, her every known distaste respected. Conscious of his presence being
+an oppression to her, he is even careful not to intrude it upon her oftener
+than is necessary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At times he asks himself, somewhat pertinently, what he has gained by
+marriage—wonders whether this social race was quite the most interesting game
+he could have elected to occupy his leisure—wonders whether, after all, he
+would not have been happier over his counting-house than in these sumptuous,
+glittering rooms, where he always seems, and feels himself to be, the uninvited
+guest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The only feeling that a closer intimacy has created in him for his wife is that
+of indulgent contempt. As there is no equality between man and woman, so there
+can be no respect. She is a different being. He must either look up to her as
+superior to himself, or down upon her as inferior. When a man does the former
+he is more or less in love, and love to John Ingerfield is an unknown emotion.
+Her beauty, her charm, her social tact—even while he makes use of them for his
+own purposes, he despises as the weapons of a weak nature.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So in their big, cold mansion John Ingerfield and Anne, his wife, sit far
+apart, strangers to one another, neither desiring to know the other nearer.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+About his business he never speaks to her, and she never questions him. To
+compensate for the slight shrinkage of time he is able to devote to it, he
+becomes more strict and exacting; grows a harsher master to his people, a
+sterner creditor, a greedier dealer, squeezing the uttermost out of every one,
+feverish to grow richer, so that he may spend more upon the game that day by
+day he finds more tiresome and uninteresting.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And the piled-up casks upon his wharves increase and multiply; and on the dirty
+river his ships and barges lie in ever-lengthening lines; and round his greasy
+cauldrons sweating, witch-like creatures swarm in ever-denser numbers, stirring
+oil and tallow into gold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Until one summer, from its nest in the far East, there flutters westward a foul
+thing. Hovering over Limehouse suburb, seeing it crowded and unclean, liking
+its fetid smell, it settles down upon it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Typhus is the creature’s name. At first it lurks there unnoticed, battening
+upon the rich, rank food it finds around it, until, grown too big to hide
+longer, it boldly shows its hideous head, and the white face of Terror runs
+swiftly through alley and street, crying as it runs, forces itself into John
+Ingerfield’s counting-house, and tells its tale. John Ingerfield sits for a
+while thinking. Then he mounts his horse and rides home at as hard a pace as
+the condition of the streets will allow. In the hall he meets Anne going out,
+and stops her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Don’t come too near me,” he says quietly. “Typhus fever has broken out at
+Limehouse, and they say one can communicate it, even without having it oneself.
+You had better leave London for a few weeks. Go down to your father’s: I will
+come and fetch you when it is all over.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He passes her, giving her a wide berth, and goes upstairs, where he remains for
+some minutes in conversation with his valet. Then, coming down, he remounts and
+rides off again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After a little while Anne goes up into his room. His man is kneeling in the
+middle of the floor, packing a valise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Where are you to take it?” she asks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Down to the wharf, ma’am,” answers the man: “Mr. Ingerfield is going to be
+there for a day or two.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Anne sits in the great empty drawing-room, and takes <i>her</i> turn at
+thinking.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield finds, on his return to Limehouse, that the evil has greatly
+increased during the short time he has been away. Fanned by fear and ignorance,
+fed by poverty and dirt, the scourge is spreading through the district like a
+fire. Long smouldering in secret, it has now burst forth at fifty different
+points at once. Not a street, not a court but has its “case.” Over a dozen of
+John’s hands are down with it already. Two more have sunk prostrate beside
+their work within the last hour. The panic grows grotesque. Men and women tear
+their clothes off, looking to see if they have anywhere upon them a rash or a
+patch of mottled skin, find that they have, or imagine that they have, and
+rush, screaming, half-undressed, into the street. Two men, meeting in a narrow
+passage, both rush back, too frightened to pass each other. A boy stoops down
+and scratches his leg—not an action that under ordinary circumstances would
+excite much surprise in that neighbourhood. In an instant there is a wild
+stampede from the room, the strong trampling on the weak in their eagerness to
+escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These are not the days of organised defence against disease. There are kind
+hearts and willing hands in London town, but they are not yet closely enough
+banded together to meet a swift foe such as this. There are hospitals and
+charities galore, but these are mostly in the City, maintained by the City
+Fathers for the exclusive benefit of poor citizens and members of the guilds.
+The few free hospitals are already over-crowded and ill-prepared. Squalid,
+outlying Limehouse, belonging to nowhere, cared for by nobody, must fight for
+itself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield calls the older men together, and with their help attempts to
+instil some sense and reason into his terrified people. Standing on the step of
+his counting-house, and addressing as many of them as are not too scared to
+listen, he tells them of the danger of fear and of the necessity for calmness
+and courage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We must face and fight this thing like men,” he cries, in that deep,
+din-conquering voice that has served the Ingerfields in good stead on many a
+steel-swept field, on many a storm-struck sea; “there must be no cowardly
+selfishness, no faint-hearted despair. If we’ve got to die we’ll die; but
+please God we’ll live. Anyhow, we will stick together, and help each other. I
+mean to stop here with you, and do what I can for you. None of my people shall
+want.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield ceases, and as the vibrations of his strong tones roll away a
+sweet voice from beside him rises clear and firm:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have come down to be with you also, and to help my husband. I shall take
+charge of the nursing and tending of your sick, and I hope I shall be of some
+real use to you. My husband and I are so sorry for you in your trouble. I know
+you will be brave and patient. We will all do our best, and be hopeful.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He turns, half expecting to see only the empty air and to wonder at the
+delirium in his brain. She puts her hand in his, and their eyes meet; and in
+that moment, for the first time in their lives, these two see one another.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They speak no word. There is no opportunity for words. There is work to be
+done, and done quickly, and Anne grasps it with the greed of a woman long
+hungry for the joy of doing. As John watches her moving swiftly and quietly
+through the bewildered throng, questioning, comforting, gently compelling, the
+thought comes to him, Ought he to allow her to be here, risking her life for
+his people? followed by the thought, How is he going to prevent it? For in this
+hour the knowledge is born within him that Anne is not his property; that he
+and she are fellow hands taking their orders from the same Master; that though
+it be well for them to work together and help each other, they must not hinder
+one another.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As yet John does not understand all this. The idea is new and strange to him.
+He feels as the child in a fairy story on suddenly discovering that the trees
+and flowers he has passed by carelessly a thousand times can think and talk.
+Once he whispers to her of the labour and the danger, but she answers simply,
+“They are my people too, John: it is my work”; and he lets her have her way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne has a true woman’s instinct for nursing, and her strong sense stands her
+in stead of experience. A glance into one or two of the squalid dens where
+these people live tells her that if her patients are to be saved they must be
+nursed away from their own homes; and she determines to convert the large
+counting-house—a long, lofty room at the opposite end of the wharf to the
+refinery—into a temporary hospital. Selecting some seven or eight of the most
+reliable women to assist her, she proceeds to prepare it for its purpose.
+Ledgers might be volumes of poetry, bills of lading mere street ballads, for
+all the respect that is shown to them. The older clerks stand staring aghast,
+feeling that the end of all things is surely at hand, and that the universe is
+rushing down into space, until, their idleness being detected, they are
+themselves promptly impressed for the sacrilegious work, and made to assist in
+the demolition of their own temple.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne’s commands are spoken very sweetly, and are accompanied by the sweetest of
+smiles; but they are nevertheless commands, and somehow it does not occur to
+any one to disobey them. John—stern, masterful, authoritative John, who has
+never been approached with anything more dictatorial than a timid request since
+he left Merchant Taylors’ School nineteen years ago, who would have thought
+that something had suddenly gone wrong with the laws of Nature if he had
+been—finds himself hurrying along the street on his way to a druggist’s shop,
+slackens his pace an instant to ask himself why and wherefore he is doing so,
+recollects that he was told to do so and to make haste back, marvels who could
+have dared to tell him to do anything and to make haste back, remembers that it
+was Anne, is not quite sure what to think about it, but hurries on. He “makes
+haste back,” is praised for having been so quick, and feels pleased with
+himself; is sent off again in another direction, with instructions what to say
+when he gets there. He starts off (he is becoming used to being ordered about
+now). Halfway there great alarm seizes him, for on attempting to say over the
+message to himself, to be sure that he has it quite right, he discovers he has
+forgotten it. He pauses, nervous and excited; cogitates as to whether it will
+be safe for him to concoct a message of his own, weighs anxiously the
+chances—supposing that he does so—of being found out. Suddenly, to his intense
+surprise and relief, every word of what he was told to say comes back to him;
+and he hastens on, repeating it over and over to himself as he walks, lest it
+should escape him again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And then a few hundred yards farther on there occurs one of the most
+extraordinary events that has ever happened in that street before or since:
+John Ingerfield laughs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John Ingerfield, of Lavender Wharf, after walking two-thirds of Creek Lane,
+muttering to himself with his eyes on the ground, stops in the middle of the
+road and laughs; and one small boy, who tells the story to his dying day, sees
+him and hears him, and runs home at the top of his speed with the wonderful
+news, and is conscientiously slapped by his mother for telling lies.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All that day Anne works like a heroine, John helping her, and occasionally
+getting in the way. By night she has her little hospital prepared and three
+beds already up and occupied; and, all now done that can be done, she and John
+go upstairs to his old rooms above the counting-house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John ushers her into them with some misgiving, for by contrast with the house
+at Bloomsbury they are poor and shabby. He places her in the arm-chair near the
+fire, begging her to rest quiet, and then assists his old housekeeper, whose
+wits, never of the strongest, have been scared by the day’s proceeding, to lay
+the meal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne’s eyes follow him as he moves about the room. Perhaps here, where all the
+real part of his life has been passed, he is more his true self than amid the
+unfamiliar surroundings of fashion; perhaps this simpler frame shows him to
+greater advantage; but Anne wonders how it is she has never noticed before that
+he is a well-set, handsome man. Nor, indeed, is he so very old-looking. Is it a
+trick of the dim light, or what? He looks almost young. But why should he not
+look young, seeing he is only thirty-six, and at thirty-six a man is in his
+prime? Anne wonders why she has always thought of him as an elderly person.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A portrait of one of John’s ancestors hangs over the great mantelpiece—of that
+sturdy Captain Ingerfield who fought the King’s frigate rather than give up one
+of his people. Anne glances from the dead face to the living and notes the
+strong likeness between them. Through her half-closed eyes she sees the grim
+old captain hurling back his message of defiance, and his face is the face she
+saw a few hours ago, saying, “I mean to stop here with you and do what I can
+for you. None of my people shall want.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John is placing a chair for her at the table, and the light from the candles
+falls upon him. She steals another glance at his face—a strong, stern, handsome
+face, capable of becoming a noble face. Anne wonders if it has ever looked down
+tenderly at anyone; feels a sudden fierce pain at the thought; dismisses the
+thought as impossible; wonders, nevertheless, how tenderness would suit it;
+thinks she would like to see a look of tenderness upon it, simply out of
+curiosity; wonders if she ever will.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She rouses herself from her reverie as John, with a smile, tells her supper is
+ready, and they seat themselves opposite each other, an odd air of
+embarrassment pervading.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Day by day their work grows harder; day by day the foe grows stronger, fiercer,
+more all-conquering; and day by day, fighting side by side against it, John
+Ingerfield and Anne, his wife, draw closer to each other. On the battle-field
+of life we learn the worth of strength. Anne feels it good, when growing weary,
+to glance up and find him near her; feels it good, amid the troubled babel
+round her, to hear the deep, strong music of his voice.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And John, watching Anne’s fair figure moving to and fro among the stricken and
+the mourning; watching her fair, fluttering hands, busy with their holy work,
+her deep, soul-haunting eyes, changeful with the light and shade of tenderness;
+listening to her sweet, clear voice, laughing with the joyous, comforting the
+comfortless, gently commanding, softly pleading, finds creeping into his brain
+strange new thoughts concerning women—concerning this one woman in particular.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One day, rummaging over an old chest, he comes across a coloured picture-book
+of Bible stories. He turns the torn pages fondly, remembering the Sunday
+afternoons of long ago. At one picture, wherein are represented many angels, he
+pauses; for in one of the younger angels of the group—one not quite so severe
+of feature as her sisters—he fancies he can trace resemblance to Anne. He
+lingers long over it. Suddenly there rushes through his brain the thought, How
+good to stoop and kiss the sweet feet of such a woman! and, thinking it, he
+blushes like a boy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So from the soil of human suffering spring the flowers of human love and joy,
+and from the flowers there fall the seeds of infinite pity for human pain, God
+shaping all things to His ends.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thinking of Anne, John’s face grows gentler, his hand kinder; dreaming of him,
+her heart grows stronger, deeper, fuller. Every available room in the warehouse
+has been turned into a ward, and the little hospital is open free to all, for
+John and Anne feel that the whole world are their people. The piled-up casks
+are gone—shipped to Woolwich and Gravesend, bundled anywhere out of the way, as
+though oil and tallow and the gold they can be stirred into were matters of
+small moment in this world, not to be thought of beside such a thing as the
+helping of a human brother in sore strait.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All the labour of the day seems light to them, looking forward to the hour when
+they sit together in John’s old shabby dining-room above the counting-house.
+Yet a looker-on might imagine such times dull to them; for they are strangely
+shy of one another, strangely sparing of words—fearful of opening the
+flood-gates of speech, feeling the pressure of the pent-up thought.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One evening, John, throwing out words, not as a sop to the necessity for talk,
+but as a bait to catch Anne’s voice, mentions girdle-cakes, remembers that his
+old housekeeper used to be famous for the making of them, and wonders if she
+has forgotten the art.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne, answering tremulously, as though girdle-cakes were a somewhat delicate
+topic, claims to be a successful amateur of them herself. John, having been
+given always to understand that the talent for them was exceedingly rare, and
+one usually hereditary, respectfully doubts Anne’s capabilities, deferentially
+suggesting that she is thinking of scones. Anne indignantly repudiates the
+insinuation, knows quite well the difference between girdle-cakes and scones,
+offers to prove her powers by descending into the kitchen and making some then
+and there, if John will accompany her and find the things for her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+John accepts the challenge, and, guiding Anne with one shy, awkward hand, while
+holding aloft a candle in the other, leads the way. It is past ten o’clock, and
+the old housekeeper is in bed. At each creaking stair they pause, to listen if
+the noise has awakened her; then, finding all silent, creep forward again, with
+suppressed laughter, wondering with alarm, half feigned, half real, what the
+prim, methodical dame would say were she to come down and catch them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They reach the kitchen, thanks more to the suggestions of a friendly cat than
+to John’s acquaintanceship with the geography of his own house; and Anne rakes
+together the fire and clears the table for her work. What possible use John is
+to her—what need there was for her stipulating that he should accompany her,
+Anne might find it difficult, if examined, to explain satisfactorily. As for
+his “finding the things” for her, he has not the faintest notion where they
+are, and possesses no natural aptitude for discovery. Told to find flour, he
+industriously searches for it in the dresser drawers; sent for the
+rolling-pin—the nature and characteristics of rolling-pins being described to
+him for his guidance—he returns, after a prolonged absence, with the copper
+stick. Anne laughs at him; but really it would seem as though she herself were
+almost as stupid, for not until her hands are covered with flour does it occur
+to her that she has not taken that preliminary step in all cooking operations
+of rolling up her sleeves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She holds out her arms to John, first one and then the other, asking him
+sweetly if he minds doing it for her. John is very slow and clumsy, but Anne
+stands very patient. Inch by inch he peels the black sleeve from the white
+round arm. Hundreds of times must he have seen those fair arms, bare to the
+shoulder, sparkling with jewels; but never before has he seen their wondrous
+beauty. He longs to clasp them round his neck, yet is fearful lest his
+trembling fingers touching them as he performs his tantalising task may offend
+her. Anne thanks him, and apologises for having given him so much trouble, and
+he murmurs some meaningless reply, and stands foolishly silent, watching her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne seems to find one hand sufficient for her cake-making, for the other rests
+idly on the table—very near to one of John’s, as she would see were not her
+eyes so intent upon her work. How the impulse came to him, where he—grave,
+sober, business-man John—learnt such story-book ways can never be known; but in
+one instant he is down on both knees, smothering the floury hand with kisses,
+and the next moment Anne’s arms are round his neck and her lips against his,
+and the barrier between them is swept away, and the deep waters of their love
+rush together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With that kiss they enter a new life whereinto one may not follow them. One
+thinks it must have been a life made strangely beautiful by self-forgetfulness,
+strangely sweet by mutual devotion—a life too ideal, perhaps, to have remained
+for long undimmed by the mists of earth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They who remember them at that time speak of them in hushed tones, as one
+speaks of visions. It would almost seem as though from their faces in those
+days there shone a radiance, as though in their voices dwelt a tenderness
+beyond the tenderness of man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They seem never to rest, never to weary. Day and night, through that little
+stricken world, they come and go, bearing healing and peace, till at last the
+plague, like some gorged beast of prey, slinks slowly back towards its lair,
+and men raise their heads and breathe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+One afternoon, returning from a somewhat longer round than usual, John feels a
+weariness creeping into his limbs, and quickens his step, eager to reach home
+and rest. Anne, who has been up all the previous night, is asleep, and not
+wishing to disturb her, he goes into the dining-room and sits down in the easy
+chair before the fire. The room strikes cold. He stirs the logs, but they give
+out no greater heat. He draws his chair right in front of them, and sits
+leaning over them with his feet on the hearth and his hands outstretched
+towards the blaze; yet he still shivers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Twilight fills the room and deepens into dusk. He wonders listlessly how it is
+that Time seems to be moving with such swift strides. After a while he hears a
+voice close to him, speaking in a slow, monotonous tone—a voice curiously
+familiar to him, though he cannot tell to whom it belongs. He does not turn his
+head, but sits listening to it drowsily. It is talking about tallow: one
+hundred and ninety-four casks of tallow, and they must all stand one inside the
+other. It cannot be done, the voice complains pathetically. They will not go
+inside each other. It is no good pushing them. See! they only roll out again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The voice grows wearily fretful. Oh! why do they persist when they see it is
+impossible? What fools they all are!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suddenly he recollects the voice, and starts up and stares wildly about him,
+trying to remember where he is. With a fierce straining of his will he grips
+the brain that is slipping away from him, and holds it. As soon as he feels
+sure of himself he steals out of the room and down the stairs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the hall he stands listening; the house is very silent. He goes to the head
+of the stairs leading to the kitchen and calls softly to the old housekeeper,
+and she comes up to him, panting and grunting as she climbs each step. Keeping
+some distance from her, he asks in a whisper where Anne is. The woman answers
+that she is in the hospital.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell her I have been called away suddenly on business,” he says, speaking in
+quick, low tones: “I shall be away for some days. Tell her to leave here and
+return home immediately. They can do without her here now. Tell her to go back
+home at once. I will join her there.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He moves toward the door but stops and faces round again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell her I beg and entreat her not to stop in this place an hour longer. There
+is nothing to keep her now. It is all over: there is nothing that cannot be
+done by any one. Tell her she must go home—this very night. Tell her if she
+loves me to leave this place at once.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The woman, a little bewildered by his vehemence, promises, and disappears down
+the stairs. He takes his hat and cloak from the chair on which he had thrown
+them, and turns once more to cross the hall. As he does so, the door opens and
+Anne enters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He darts back into the shadow, squeezing himself against the wall. Anne calls
+to him laughingly, then, as he does not answer, with a frightened accent:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“John,—John, dear. Was not that you? Are not you there?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He holds his breath, and crouches still closer into the dark corner; and Anne,
+thinking she must have been mistaken in the dim light, passes him and goes
+upstairs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then he creeps stealthily to the door, lets himself out and closes it softly
+behind him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After the lapse of a few minutes the old housekeeper plods upstairs and
+delivers John’s message. Anne, finding it altogether incomprehensible, subjects
+the poor dame to severe examination, but fails to elicit anything further. What
+is the meaning of it? What “business” can have compelled John, who for ten
+weeks has never let the word escape his lips, to leave her like this—without a
+word! without a kiss! Then suddenly she remembers the incident of a few moments
+ago, when she had called to him, thinking she saw him, and he did not answer;
+and the whole truth strikes her full in the heart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She refastens the bonnet-strings she has been slowly untying, and goes down and
+out into the wet street.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She makes her way rapidly to the house of the only doctor resident in the
+neighbourhood—a big, brusque-mannered man, who throughout these terrible two
+months has been their chief stay and help. He meets her on her entrance with an
+embarrassed air that tells its own tale, and at once renders futile his clumsy
+attempts at acting:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+How should he know where John is? Who told her John had the fever—a great,
+strong, hulking fellow like that? She has been working too hard, and has got
+fever on the brain. She must go straight back home, or she will be having it
+herself. She is more likely to take it than John.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Anne, waiting till he has finished jerking out sentences while stamping up and
+down the room, says gently, taking no notice of his denials,—“If you will not
+tell me I must find out from some one else—that is all.” Then, her quick eyes
+noting his momentary hesitation, she lays her little hand on his rough paw,
+and, with the shamelessness of a woman who loves deeply, wheedles everything
+out of him that he has promised to keep secret.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He stops her, however, as she is leaving the room. “Don’t go in to him now,” he
+says; “he will worry about you. Wait till to-morrow.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So, while John lies counting endless casks of tallow, Anne sits by his side,
+tending her last “case.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Often in his delirium he calls her name, and she takes his fevered hand in hers
+and holds it, and he falls asleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Each morning the doctor comes and looks at him, asks a few questions and gives
+a few commonplace directions, but makes no comment. It would be idle his
+attempting to deceive her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The days move slowly through the darkened room. Anne watches his thin hands
+grow thinner, his sunken eyes grow bigger; yet remains strangely calm, almost
+contented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Very near the end there comes an hour when John wakes as from a dream, and
+remembers all things clearly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He looks at her half gratefully, half reproachfully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Anne, why are you here?” he asks, in a low, laboured voice. “Did they not give
+you my message?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For answer she turns her deep eyes upon him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Would you have gone away and left me here to die?” she questions him, with a
+faint smile.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She bends her head down nearer to him, so that her soft hair falls about his
+face.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Our lives were one, dear,” she whispers to him. “I could not have lived
+without you; God knew that. We shall be together always.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She kisses him, and laying his head upon her breast, softly strokes it as she
+might a child’s; and he puts his weak arms around her.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Later on she feels them growing cold about her, and lays him gently back upon
+the bed, looks for the last time into his eyes, then draws the lids down over
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His people ask that they may bury him in the churchyard hard by, so that he may
+always be among them; and, Anne consenting, they do all things needful with
+their own hands, wishful that no unloving labour may be mingled with their
+work. They lay him close to the porch, where, going in and out the church,
+their feet will pass near to him; and one among them who is cunning with the
+graver’s chisel shapes the stone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the head he carves in bas-relief the figure of the good Samaritan tending
+the brother fallen by the way, and underneath the letters, “In Remembrance of
+John Ingerfield.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He thinks to put a verse of Scripture immediately after; but the gruff doctor
+says, “Better leave a space, in case you want to add another name.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So the stone remains a little while unfinished; till the same hand carves
+thereon, a few weeks later, “And of Anne, his Wife.”
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap03"></a>THE WOMAN OF THE SÆTER.</h2>
+
+<p>
+Wild-reindeer stalking is hardly so exciting a sport as the evening’s verandah
+talk in Norroway hotels would lead the trustful traveller to suppose. Under the
+charge of your guide, a very young man with the dreamy, wistful eyes of those
+who live in valleys, you leave the farmstead early in the forenoon, arriving
+towards twilight at the desolate hut which, for so long as you remain upon the
+uplands, will be your somewhat cheerless headquarters.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Next morning, in the chill, mist-laden dawn, you rise; and, after a breakfast
+of coffee and dried fish, shoulder your Remington, and step forth silently into
+the raw, damp air; the guide locking the door behind you, the key grating
+harshly in the rusty lock.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For hour after hour you toil over the steep, stony ground, or wind through the
+pines, speaking in whispers, lest your voice reach the quick ears of your prey,
+that keeps its head ever pressed against the wind. Here and there, in the
+hollows of the hills lie wide fields of snow, over which you pick your steps
+thoughtfully, listening to the smothered thunder of the torrent, tunnelling its
+way beneath your feet, and wondering whether the frozen arch above it be at all
+points as firm as is desirable. Now and again, as in single file you walk
+cautiously along some jagged ridge, you catch glimpses of the green world,
+three thousand feet below you; though you gaze not long upon the view, for your
+attention is chiefly directed to watching the footprints of the guide, lest by
+deviating to the right or left you find yourself at one stride back in the
+valley—or, to be more correct, are found there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+These things you do, and as exercise they are healthful and invigorating. But a
+reindeer you never see, and unless, overcoming the prejudices of your
+British-bred conscience, you care to take an occasional pop at a fox, you had
+better have left your rifle at the hut, and, instead, have brought a stick
+which would have been helpful. Notwithstanding which the guide continues
+sanguine, and in broken English, helped out by stirring gesture, tells of the
+terrible slaughter generally done by sportsmen under his superintendence, and
+of the vast herds that generally infest these fields; and when you grow
+sceptical upon the subject of Reins he whispers alluringly of Bears.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once in a way you will come across a track, and will follow it breathlessly for
+hours, and it will lead to a sheer precipice. Whether the explanation is
+suicide, or a reprehensible tendency on the part of the animal towards
+practical joking, you are left to decide for yourself. Then, with many rough
+miles between you and your rest, you abandon the chase.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But I speak from personal experience merely.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+All day long we had tramped through the pitiless rain, stopping only for an
+hour at noon to eat some dried venison and smoke a pipe beneath the shelter of
+an overhanging cliff. Soon afterwards Michael knocked over a ryper (a bird that
+will hardly take the trouble to hop out of your way) with his gun-barrel, which
+incident cheered us a little; and, later on, our flagging spirits were still
+further revived by the discovery of apparently very recent deer-tracks. These
+we followed, forgetful, in our eagerness, of the lengthening distance back to
+the hut, of the fading daylight, of the gathering mist. The track led us higher
+and higher, farther and farther into the mountains, until on the shores of a
+desolate rock-bound vand it abruptly ended, and we stood staring at one
+another, and the snow began to fall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Unless in the next half-hour we could chance upon a sæter, this meant passing
+the night upon the mountain. Michael and I looked at the guide; but though,
+with characteristic Norwegian sturdiness, he put a bold face upon it, we could
+see that in that deepening darkness he knew no more than we did. Wasting no
+time on words, we made straight for the nearest point of descent, knowing that
+any human habitation must be far below us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Down we scrambled, heedless of torn clothes and bleeding hands, the darkness
+pressing closer round us. Then suddenly it became black—black as pitch—and we
+could only hear each other. Another step might mean death. We stretched out our
+hands, and felt each other. Why we spoke in whispers, I do not know, but we
+seemed afraid of our own voices. We agreed there was nothing for it but to stop
+where we were till morning, clinging to the short grass; so we lay there side
+by side, for what may have been five minutes or may have been an hour. Then,
+attempting to turn, I lost my grip and rolled. I made convulsive efforts to
+clutch the ground, but the incline was too steep. How far I fell I could not
+say, but at last something stopped me. I felt it cautiously with my foot: it
+did not yield, so I twisted myself round and touched it with my hand. It seemed
+planted firmly in the earth. I passed my arm along to the right, then to the
+left. I shouted with joy. It was a fence.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Rising and groping about me, I found an opening, and passed through, and crept
+forward with palms outstretched until I touched the logs of a hut; then,
+feeling my way round, discovered the door, and knocked. There came no response,
+so I knocked louder; then pushed, and the heavy woodwork yielded, groaning. But
+the darkness within was even darker than the darkness without. The others had
+contrived to crawl down and join me. Michael struck a wax vesta and held it up,
+and slowly the room came out of the darkness and stood round us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then something rather startling happened. Giving one swift glance about him,
+our guide uttered a cry, and rushed out into the night. We followed to the
+door, and called after him, but only a voice came to us out of the blackness,
+and the only words that we could catch, shrieked back in terror, were:
+“<i>Sætervronen</i>! <i>Sætervronen</i>!” (“The woman of the sæter”).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Some foolish superstition about the place, I suppose,” said Michael. “In these
+mountain solitudes men breed ghosts for company. Let us make a fire. Perhaps,
+when he sees the light, his desire for food and shelter may get the better of
+his fears.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We felt about in the small enclosure round the house, and gathered juniper and
+birch-twigs, and kindled a fire upon the open stove built in the corner of the
+room. Fortunately, we had some dried reindeer and bread in our bag, and on that
+and the ryper and the contents of our flasks we supped. Afterwards, to while
+away the time, we made an inspection of the strange eyrie we had lighted on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was an old log-built sæter. Some of these mountain farmsteads are as old as
+the stone ruins of other countries. Carvings of strange beasts and demons were
+upon its blackened rafters, and on the lintel, in runic letters, ran this
+legend: “Hund builded me in the days of Haarfager.” The house consisted of two
+large apartments. Originally, no doubt, these had been separate dwellings
+standing beside one another, but they were now connected by a long, low
+gallery. Most of the scanty furniture was almost as ancient as the walls
+themselves, but many articles of a comparatively recent date had been added.
+All was now, however, rotting and falling into decay.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The place appeared to have been deserted suddenly by its last occupants.
+Household utensils lay as they were left, rust and dirt encrusted on them. An
+open book, limp and mildewed, lay face downwards on the table, while many
+others were scattered about both rooms, together with much paper, scored with
+faded ink. The curtains hung in shreds about the windows; a woman’s cloak, of
+an antiquated fashion, drooped from a nail behind the door. In an oak chest we
+found a tumbled heap of yellow letters. They were of various dates, extending
+over a period of four months; and with them, apparently intended to receive
+them, lay a large envelope, inscribed with an address in London that has since
+disappeared.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Strong curiosity overcoming faint scruples, we read them by the dull glow of
+the burning juniper twigs, and, as we laid aside the last of them, there rose
+from the depths below us a wailing cry, and all night long it rose and died
+away, and rose again, and died away again; whether born of our brain or of some
+human thing, God knows.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And these, a little altered and shortened, are the letters:—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<i>Extract from first letter</i>:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“I cannot tell you, my dear Joyce, what a haven of peace this place is to me
+after the racket and fret of town. I am almost quite recovered already, and am
+growing stronger every day; and, joy of joys, my brain has come back to me,
+fresher and more vigorous, I think, for its holiday. In this silence and
+solitude my thoughts flow freely, and the difficulties of my task are
+disappearing as if by magic. We are perched upon a tiny plateau halfway up the
+mountain. On one side the rock rises almost perpendicularly, piercing the sky;
+while on the other, two thousand feet below us, the torrent hurls itself into
+the black waters of the fiord. The house consists of two rooms—or, rather, it
+is two cabins connected by a passage. The larger one we use as a living room,
+and the other is our sleeping apartment. We have no servant, but do everything
+for ourselves. I fear sometimes Muriel must find it lonely. The nearest human
+habitation is eight miles away, across the mountain, and not a soul comes near
+us. I spend as much time as I can with her, however, during the day, and make
+up for it by working at night after she has gone to sleep; and when I question
+her, she only laughs, and answers that she loves to have me all to herself.
+(Here you will smile cynically, I know, and say, ‘Humph, I wonder will she say
+the same when they have been married six years instead of six months.’) At the
+rate I am working now I shall have finished my first volume by the spring, and
+then, my dear fellow, you must try and come over, and we will walk and talk
+together ‘amid these storm-reared temples of the gods.’ I have felt a new man
+since I arrived here. Instead of having to ‘cudgel my brains,’ as we say,
+thoughts crowd upon me. This work will make my name.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<i>Part of the third letter</i>, <i>the second being mere talk about the
+book</i> (<i>a history apparently</i>) <i>that the man was writing</i>:
+</p>
+
+<div class="letter">
+<p>
+“M<small>Y DEAR</small> J<small>OYCE</small>,—I have written you two
+letters—this will make the third—but have been unable to post them. Every day I
+have been expecting a visit from some farmer or villager, for the Norwegians
+are kindly people towards strangers—to say nothing of the inducements of trade.
+A fortnight having passed, however, and the commissariat question having become
+serious, I yesterday set out before dawn, and made my way down to the valley;
+and this gives me something to tell you. Nearing the village, I met a peasant
+woman. To my intense surprise, instead of returning my salutation, she stared
+at me, as if I were some wild animal, and shrank away from me as far as the
+width of the road would permit. In the village the same experience awaited me.
+The children ran from me, the people avoided me. At last a grey-haired old man
+appeared to take pity on me, and from him I learnt the explanation of the
+mystery. It seems there is a strange superstition attaching to this house in
+which we are living. My things were brought up here by the two men who
+accompanied me from Drontheim, but the natives are afraid to go near the place,
+and prefer to keep as far as possible from any one connected with it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The story is that the house was built by one Hund, ‘a maker of runes’ (one of
+the old saga writers, no doubt), who lived here with his young wife. All went
+peacefully until, unfortunately for him, a certain maiden stationed at a
+neighbouring sæter grew to love him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Forgive me if I am telling you what you know, but a ‘sæter’ is the name given
+to the upland pastures to which, during the summer, are sent the cattle,
+generally under the charge of one or more of the maids. Here for three months
+these girls will live in their lonely huts, entirely shut off from the world.
+Customs change little in this land. Two or three such stations are within
+climbing distance of this house, at this day, looked after by the farmers’
+daughters, as in the days of Hund, ‘maker of runes.’
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Every night, by devious mountain paths, the woman would come and tap lightly
+at Hund’s door. Hund had built himself two cabins, one behind the other (these
+are now, as I think I have explained to you, connected by a passage); the
+smaller one was the homestead; in the other he carved and wrote, so that while
+the young wife slept the ‘maker of runes’ and the sæter woman sat whispering.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“One night, however, the wife learnt all things, but said no word. Then, as
+now, the ravine in front of the enclosure was crossed by a slight bridge of
+planks, and over this bridge the woman of the sæter passed and repassed each
+night. On a day when Hund had gone down to fish in the fiord, the wife took an
+axe, and hacked and hewed at the bridge, yet it still looked firm and solid;
+and that night, as Hund sat waiting in his workshop, there struck upon his ears
+a piercing cry, and a crashing of logs and rolling rock, and then again the
+dull roaring of the torrent far below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But the woman did not die unavenged; for that winter a man, skating far down
+the fiord, noticed a curious object embedded in the ice; and when, stooping, he
+looked closer, he saw two corpses, one gripping the other by the throat, and
+the bodies were the bodies of Hund and his young wife.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Since then, they say, the woman of the sæter haunts Hund’s house, and if she
+sees a light within she taps upon the door, and no man may keep her out. Many,
+at different times, have tried to occupy the house, but strange tales are told
+of them. ‘Men do not live at Hund’s sæter,’ said my old grey-haired friend,
+concluding his tale,—‘they die there.’
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have persuaded some of the braver of the villagers to bring what provisions
+and other necessaries we require up to a plateau about a mile from the house
+and leave them there. That is the most I have been able to do. It comes
+somewhat as a shock to one to find men and women—fairly educated and
+intelligent as many of them are—slaves to fears that one would expect a child
+to laugh at. But there is no reasoning with superstition.”
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<i>Extract from the same letter</i>, <i>but from a part seemingly written a day
+or two later</i>:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“At home I should have forgotten such a tale an hour after I had heard it, but
+these mountain fastnesses seem strangely fit to be the last stronghold of the
+supernatural. The woman haunts me already. At night instead of working, I find
+myself listening for her tapping at the door; and yesterday an incident
+occurred that makes me fear for my own common sense. I had gone out for a long
+walk alone, and the twilight was thickening into darkness as I neared home.
+Suddenly looking up from my reverie, I saw, standing on a knoll the other side
+of the ravine, the figure of a woman. She held a cloak about her head, and I
+could not see her face. I took off my cap, and called out a good-night to her,
+but she never moved or spoke. Then—God knows why, for my brain was full of
+other thoughts at the time—a clammy chill crept over me, and my tongue grew dry
+and parched. I stood rooted to the spot, staring at her across the yawning
+gorge that divided us; and slowly she moved away, and passed into the gloom,
+and I continued my way. I have said nothing to Muriel, and shall not. The
+effect the story has had upon myself warns me not to do so.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<i>From a letter dated eleven days later</i>:
+</p>
+
+<div class="letter">
+<p>
+“She has come. I have known she would, since that evening I saw her on the
+mountain; and last night she came, and we have sat and looked into each other’s
+eyes. You will say, of course, that I am mad—that I have not recovered from my
+fever—that I have been working too hard—that I have heard a foolish tale, and
+that it has filled my overstrung brain with foolish fancies: I have told myself
+all that. But the thing came, nevertheless—a creature of flesh and blood? a
+creature of air? a creature of my own imagination?—what matter? it was real to
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It came last night, as I sat working, alone. Each night I have waited for it,
+listened for it—longed for it, I know now. I heard the passing of its feet upon
+the bridge, the tapping of its hand upon the door, three times—tap, tap, tap. I
+felt my loins grow cold, and a pricking pain about my head; and I gripped my
+chair with both hands, and waited, and again there came the tapping—tap, tap,
+tap. I rose and slipped the bolt of the door leading to the other room, and
+again I waited, and again there came the tapping—tap, tap, tap. Then I opened
+the heavy outer door, and the wind rushed past me, scattering my papers, and
+the woman entered in, and I closed the door behind her. She threw her hood back
+from her head, and unwound a kerchief from about her neck, and laid it on the
+table. Then she crossed and sat before the fire, and I noticed her bare feet
+were damp with the night dew.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I stood over against her and gazed at her, and she smiled at me—a strange,
+wicked smile, but I could have laid my soul at her feet. She never spoke or
+moved, and neither did I feel the need of spoken words, for I understood the
+meaning of those upon the Mount when they said, ‘Let us make here tabernacles:
+it is good for us to be here.’
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“How long a time passed thus I do not know, but suddenly the woman held her
+hand up, listening, and there came a faint sound from the other room. Then
+swiftly she drew her hood about her face and passed out, closing the door
+softly behind her; and I drew back the bolt of the inner door and waited, and
+hearing nothing more, sat down, and must have fallen asleep in my chair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I awoke, and instantly there flashed through my mind the thought of the
+kerchief the woman had left behind her, and I started from my chair to hide it.
+But the table was already laid for breakfast, and my wife sat with her elbows
+on the table and her head between her hands, watching me with a look in her
+eyes that was new to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She kissed me, though her lips were cold; and I argued to myself that the
+whole thing must have been a dream. But later in the day, passing the open door
+when her back was towards me, I saw her take the kerchief from a locked chest
+and look at it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have told myself it must have been a kerchief of her own, and that all the
+rest has been my imagination; that, if not, then my strange visitant was no
+spirit, but a woman; and that, if human thing knows human thing, it was no
+creature of flesh and blood that sat beside me last night. Besides, what woman
+would she be? The nearest sæter is a three-hours’ climb to a strong man, and
+the paths are dangerous even in daylight: what woman would have found them in
+the night? What woman would have chilled the air around her, and have made the
+blood flow cold through all my veins? Yet if she come again I will speak to
+her. I will stretch out my hand and see whether she be mortal thing or only
+air.”
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<i>The fifth letter</i>:
+</p>
+
+<div class="letter">
+<p>
+“M<small>Y DEAR</small> J<small>OYCE</small>,—Whether your eyes will ever see
+these letters is doubtful. From this place I shall never send them. They would
+read to you as the ravings of a madman. If ever I return to England I may one
+day show them to you, but when I do it will be when I, with you, can laugh over
+them. At present I write them merely to hide away,—putting the words down on
+paper saves my screaming them aloud.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She comes each night now, taking the same seat beside the embers, and fixing
+upon me those eyes, with the hell-light in them, that burn into my brain; and
+at rare times she smiles, and all my being passes out of me, and is hers. I
+make no attempt to work. I sit listening for her footsteps on the creaking
+bridge, for the rustling of her feet upon the grass, for the tapping of her
+hand upon the door. No word is uttered between us. Each day I say: ‘When she
+comes to-night I will speak to her. I will stretch out my hand and touch her.’
+Yet when she enters, all thought and will goes out from me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Last night, as I stood gazing at her, my soul filled with her wondrous beauty
+as a lake with moonlight, her lips parted, and she started from her chair; and,
+turning, I thought I saw a white face pressed against the window, but as I
+looked it vanished. Then she drew her cloak about her, and passed out. I slid
+back the bolt I always draw now, and stole into the other room, and, taking
+down the lantern, held it above the bed. But Muriel’s eyes were closed as if in
+sleep.”
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<i>Extract from the sixth letter</i>:
+</p>
+
+<p class="letter">
+“It is not the night I fear, but the day. I hate the sight of this woman with
+whom I live, whom I call ‘wife.’ I shrink from the blow of her cold lips, the
+curse of her stony eyes. She has seen, she has learnt; I feel it, I know it.
+Yet she winds her arms around my neck, and calls me sweetheart, and smoothes my
+hair with her soft, false hands. We speak mocking words of love to one another,
+but I know her cruel eyes are ever following me. She is plotting her revenge,
+and I hate her, I hate her, I hate her!”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<i>Part of the seventh letter</i>:
+</p>
+
+<div class="letter">
+<p>
+“This morning I went down to the fiord. I told her I should not be back until
+the evening. She stood by the door watching me until we were mere specks to one
+another, and a promontory of the mountain shut me from view. Then, turning
+aside from the track, I made my way, running and stumbling over the jagged
+ground, round to the other side of the mountain, and began to climb again. It
+was slow, weary work. Often I had to go miles out of my road to avoid a ravine,
+and twice I reached a high point only to have to descend again. But at length I
+crossed the ridge, and crept down to a spot from where, concealed, I could spy
+upon my own house. She—my wife—stood by the flimsy bridge. A short hatchet,
+such as butchers use, was in her hand. She leant against a pine trunk, with her
+arm behind her, as one stands whose back aches with long stooping in some
+cramped position; and even at that distance I could see the cruel smile about
+her lips.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then I recrossed the ridge, and crawled down again, and, waiting until
+evening, walked slowly up the path. As I came in view of the house she saw me,
+and waved her handkerchief to me, and in answer I waved my hat, and shouted
+curses at her that the wind whirled away into the torrent. She met me with a
+kiss, and I breathed no hint to her that I had seen. Let her devil’s work
+remain undisturbed. Let it prove to me what manner of thing this is that haunts
+me. If it be a spirit, then the bridge wilt bear it safely; if it be woman—
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“But I dismiss the thought. If it be human thing, why does it sit gazing at me,
+never speaking? why does my tongue refuse to question it? why does all power
+forsake me in its presence, so that I stand as in a dream? Yet if it be spirit,
+why do I hear the passing of her feet? and why does the night-rain glisten on
+her hair?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I force myself back into my chair. It is far into the night, and I am alone,
+waiting, listening. If it be spirit, she will come to me; and if it be woman, I
+shall hear her cry above the storm—unless it be a demon mocking me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have heard the cry. It rose, piercing and shrill, above the storm, above the
+riving and rending of the bridge, above the downward crashing of the logs and
+loosened stones. I hear it as I listen now. It is cleaving its way upward from
+the depths below. It is wailing through the room as I sit writing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I have crawled upon my belly to the utmost edge of the still standing pier,
+until I could feel with my hand the jagged splinters left by the fallen planks,
+and have looked down. But the chasm was full to the brim with darkness. I
+shouted, but the wind shook my voice into mocking laughter. I sit here, feebly
+striking at the madness that is creeping nearer and nearer to me. I tell myself
+the whole thing is but the fever in my brain. The bridge was rotten. The storm
+was strong. The cry is but a single one among the many voices of the mountain.
+Yet still I listen; and it rises, clear and shrill, above the moaning of the
+pines, above the sobbing of the waters. It beats like blows upon my skull, and
+I know that she will never come again.”
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+<i>Extract from the last letter</i>:
+</p>
+
+<div class="letter">
+<p>
+“I shall address an envelope to you, and leave it among these letters. Then,
+should I never come back, some chance wanderer may one day find and post them
+to you, and you will know.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“My books and writings remain untouched. We sit together of a night—this woman
+I call ‘wife’ and I—she holding in her hands some knitted thing that never
+grows longer by a single stitch, and I with a volume before me that is ever
+open at the same page. And day and night we watch each other stealthily, moving
+to and fro about the silent house; and at times, looking round swiftly, I catch
+the smile upon her lips before she has time to smooth it away.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“We speak like strangers about this and that, making talk to hide our thoughts.
+We make a pretence of busying ourselves about whatever will help us to keep
+apart from one another.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“At night, sitting here between the shadows and the dull glow of the
+smouldering twigs, I sometimes think I hear the tapping I have learnt to listen
+for, and I start from my seat, and softly open the door and look out. But only
+the Night stands there. Then I close-to the latch, and she—the living
+woman—asks me in her purring voice what sound I heard, hiding a smile as she
+stoops low over her work; and I answer lightly, and, moving towards her, put my
+arm about her, feeling her softness and her suppleness, and wondering,
+supposing I held her close to me with one arm while pressing her from me with
+the other, how long before I should hear the cracking of her bones.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“For here, amid these savage solitudes, I also am grown savage. The old
+primeval passions of love and hate stir within me, and they are fierce and
+cruel and strong, beyond what you men of the later ages could understand. The
+culture of the centuries has fallen from me as a flimsy garment whirled away by
+the mountain wind; the old savage instincts of the race lie bare. One day I
+shall twine my fingers about her full white throat, and her eyes will slowly
+come towards me, and her lips will part, and the red tongue creep out; and
+backwards, step by step, I shall push her before me, gazing the while upon her
+bloodless face, and it will be my turn to smile. Backwards through the open
+door, backwards along the garden path between the juniper bushes, backwards
+till her heels are overhanging the ravine, and she grips life with nothing but
+her little toes, I shall force her, step by step, before me. Then I shall lean
+forward, closer, closer, till I kiss her purpling lips, and down, down, down,
+past the startled sea-birds, past the white spray of the foss, past the
+downward peeping pines, down, down, down, we will go together, till we find the
+thing that lies sleeping beneath the waters of the fiord.”
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+With these words ended the last letter, unsigned. At the first streak of dawn
+we left the house, and, after much wandering, found our way back to the valley.
+But of our guide we heard no news. Whether he remained still upon the mountain,
+or whether by some false step he had perished upon that night, we never learnt.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap04"></a>VARIETY PATTER.</h2>
+
+<p>
+My first appearance at a Music Hall was in the year one thousand eight hundred
+and s---. Well, I would rather not mention the exact date. I was fourteen at
+the time. It was during the Christmas holidays, and my aunt had given me five
+shillings to go and see Phelps—I think it was Phelps—in <i>Coriolanus</i>—I
+think it was <i>Coriolanus</i>. Anyhow, it was to see a high-class and
+improving entertainment, I know.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I suggested that I should induce young Skegson, who lived in our road, to go
+with me. Skegson is a barrister now, and could not tell you the difference
+between a knave of clubs and a club of knaves. A few years hence he will, if he
+works hard, be innocent enough for a judge. But at the period of which I speak
+he was a red-haired boy of worldly tastes, notwithstanding which I loved him as
+a brother. My dear mother wished to see him before consenting to the
+arrangement, so as to be able to form her own opinion as to whether he was a
+fit and proper companion for me; and, accordingly, he was invited to tea. He
+came, and made a most favourable impression upon both my mother and my aunt. He
+had a way of talking about the advantages of application to study in early
+life, and the duties of youth towards those placed in authority over it, that
+won for him much esteem in grown-up circles. The spirit of the Bar had
+descended upon Skegson at a very early period of his career.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My aunt, indeed, was so much pleased with him that she gave him two shillings
+towards his own expenses (“sprung half a dollar” was how he explained the
+transaction when we were outside), and commended me to his especial care.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Skegson was very silent during the journey. An idea was evidently maturing in
+his mind. At the Angel he stopped and said: “Look here, I’ll tell you what
+we’ll do. Don’t let’s go and see that rot. Let’s go to a Music Hall.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I gasped for breath. I had heard of Music Halls. A stout lady had denounced
+them across our dinner table on one occasion—fixing the while a steely eye upon
+her husband, who sat opposite and seemed uncomfortable—as low, horrid places,
+where people smoked and drank, and wore short skirts, and had added an opinion
+that they ought to be put down by the police—whether the skirts or the halls
+she did not explain. I also recollected that our charwoman, whose son had
+lately left London for a protracted stay in Devonshire, had, in conversation
+with my mother, dated his downfall from the day when he first visited one of
+these places; and likewise that Mrs. Philcox’s nursemaid, upon her confessing
+that she had spent an evening at one with her young man, had been called a
+shameless hussy, and summarily dismissed as being no longer a fit associate for
+the baby.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But the spirit of lawlessness was strong within me in those days, so that I
+hearkened to the voice of Skegson, the tempter, and he lured my feet from the
+paths that led to virtue and Sadler’s Wells, and we wandered into the broad and
+crowded ways that branch off from the Angel towards Merry Islington.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Skegson insisted that we should do the thing in style, so we stopped at a shop
+near the Agricultural Hall and purchased some big cigars. A huge card in the
+window claimed for these that they were “the most satisfactory twopenny smokes
+in London.” I smoked two of them during the evening, and never felt more
+satisfied—using the word in its true sense, as implying that a person has had
+enough of a thing, and does not desire any more of it, just then—in all my
+life. Where we went, and what we saw, my memory is not very clear upon. We sat
+at a little marble table. I know it was marble because it was so hard, and cool
+to the head. From out of the smoky mist a ponderous creature of strange,
+undefined shape floated heavily towards us, and deposited a squat tumbler in
+front of me containing a pale yellowish liquor, which subsequent investigation
+has led me to believe must have been Scotch whisky. It seemed to me then the
+most nauseous stuff I had ever swallowed. It is curious to look back and notice
+how one’s tastes change.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I reached home very late and very sick. That was my first dissipation, and, as
+a lesson, it has been of more practical use to me than all the good books and
+sermons in the world could have been. I can remember to this day standing in
+the middle of the room in my night-shirt, trying to catch my bed as it came
+round.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Next morning I confessed everything to my mother, and, for several months
+afterwards, was a reformed character. Indeed, the pendulum of my conscience
+swung too far the other way, and I grew exaggeratedly remorseful and
+unhealthily moral.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+There was published in those days, for the edification of young people, a
+singularly pessimistic periodical, entitled <i>The Children’s Band of Hope
+Review</i>. It was a magazine much in favour among grown-up people, and a bound
+copy of Vol. IX. had lately been won by my sister as a prize for punctuality (I
+fancy she must have exhausted all the virtue she ever possessed, in that
+direction, upon the winning of that prize. At all events, I have noticed no
+ostentatious display of the quality in her later life.) I had formerly
+expressed contempt for this book, but now, in my regenerate state, I took a
+morbid pleasure in poring over its denunciations of sin and sinners. There was
+one picture in it that appeared peculiarly applicable to myself. It represented
+a gaudily costumed young man, standing on the topmost of three steep steps,
+smoking a large cigar. Behind him was a very small church, and below, a bright
+and not altogether uninviting looking hell. The picture was headed “The Three
+Steps to Ruin,” and the three stairs were labelled respectively “Smoking,”
+“Drinking,” “Gambling.” I had already travelled two-thirds of the road! Was I
+going all the way, or should I be able to retrace those steps? I used to lie
+awake at night and think about it till I grew half crazy. Alas! since then I
+have completed the descent, so where my future will be spent I do not care to
+think.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another picture in the book that troubled me was the frontispiece. This was a
+highly-coloured print, illustrating the broad and narrow ways. The narrow way
+led upward past a Sunday-school and a lion to a city in the clouds. This city
+was referred to in the accompanying letterpress as a place of “Rest and Peace,”
+but inasmuch as the town was represented in the illustration as surrounded by a
+perfect mob of angels, each one blowing a trumpet twice his own size, and
+obviously blowing it for all he was worth, a certain confusion of ideas would
+seem to have crept into the allegory.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The other path—the “broad way”—which ended in what at first glance appeared to
+be a highly successful display of fireworks, started from the door of a tavern,
+and led past a Music Hall, on the steps of which stood a gentleman smoking a
+cigar. All the wicked people in this book smoked cigars—all except one young
+man who had killed his mother and died raving mad. He had gone astray on short
+pipes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This made it uncomfortably clear to me which direction I had chosen, and I was
+greatly alarmed, until, on examining the picture more closely, I noticed, with
+much satisfaction, that about midway the two paths were connected by a handy
+little bridge, by the use of which it seemed feasible, starting on the one path
+and ending up on the other, to combine the practical advantages of both roads.
+From subsequent observation I have come to the conclusion that a good many
+people have made a note of that little bridge.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My own belief in the possibility of such convenient compromise must, I fear,
+have led to an ethical relapse, for there recurs to my mind a somewhat painful
+scene of a few months’ later date, in which I am seeking to convince a
+singularly unresponsive landed proprietor that my presence in his orchard is
+solely and entirely due to my having unfortunately lost my way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was not until I was nearly seventeen that the idea occurred to me to visit a
+Music Hall again. Then, having regard to my double capacity of “Man About Town”
+and journalist (for I had written a letter to <i>The Era</i>, complaining of
+the way pit doors were made to open, and it had been inserted), I felt I had no
+longer any right to neglect acquaintanceship with so important a feature in the
+life of the people. Accordingly, one Saturday night, I wended my way to the
+“Pav.”; and there the first person that I ran against was my uncle. He laid a
+heavy hand upon my shoulder, and asked me, in severe tones, what I was doing
+there. I felt this to be an awkward question, for it would have been useless
+trying to make him understand my real motives (one’s own relations are never
+sympathetic), and I was somewhat nonplussed for an answer, until the reflection
+occurred to me: What was <i>he</i> doing there? This riddle I, in my turn,
+propounded to him, with the result that we entered into treaty, by the terms of
+which it was agreed that no future reference should be made to the meeting by
+either of us—especially not in the presence of my aunt—and the compact was
+ratified according to the usual custom, my uncle paying the necessary expenses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In those days, we sat, some four or six of us, round a little table, on which
+were placed our drinks. Now we have to balance them upon a narrow ledge; and
+ladies, as they pass, dip the ends of their cloaks into them, and gentlemen
+stir them up for us with the ferrules of their umbrellas, or else sweep them
+off into our laps with their coat tails, saying as they do so, “Oh, I beg your
+pardon.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Also, in those days, there were “chairmen”—affable gentlemen, who would drink
+anything at anybody’s expense, and drink any quantity of it, and never seem to
+get any fuller. I was introduced to a Music Hall chairman once, and when I said
+to him, “What is your drink?” he took up the “list of beverages” that lay
+before him, and, opening it, waved his hand lightly across its entire contents,
+from clarets, past champagnes and spirits, down to liqueurs. “That’s my drink,
+my boy,” said he. There was nothing narrow-minded or exclusive about his
+tastes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was the chairman’s duty to introduce the artists. “Ladies and gentlemen,” he
+would shout, in a voice that united the musical characteristics of a foghorn
+and a steam saw, “Miss ’Enerietta Montressor, the popular serio-comic, will now
+happear.” These announcements were invariably received with great applause by
+the chairman himself, and generally with chilling indifference by the rest of
+the audience.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was also the privilege of the chairman to maintain order, and reprimand
+evil-doers. This he usually did very effectively, employing for the purpose
+language both fit and forcible. One chairman that I remember seemed, however,
+to be curiously deficient in the necessary qualities for this part of his duty.
+He was a mild and sleepy little man, and, unfortunately, he had to preside over
+an exceptionally rowdy audience at a small hall in the South-East district. On
+the night that I was present, there occurred a great disturbance. “Joss Jessop,
+the Monarch of Mirth,” a gentleman evidently high in local request was, for
+some reason or other, not forthcoming, and in his place the management proposed
+to offer a female performer on the zithern, one Signorina Ballatino.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The little chairman made the announcement in a nervous, deprecatory tone, as if
+he were rather ashamed of it himself. “Ladies and gentlemen,” he began,—the
+poor are staunch sticklers for etiquette: I overheard a small child explaining
+to her mother one night in Three Colts Street, Limehouse, that she could not
+get into the house because there was a “lady” on the doorstep,
+drunk,—“Signorina Ballatino, the world-renowned—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here a voice from the gallery requested to know what had become of “Old Joss,”
+and was greeted by loud cries of “’Ear, ’ear.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The chairman, ignoring the interruption, continued:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“—the world-renowned performer on the zither—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“On the whoter?” came in tones of plaintive inquiry from the back of the hall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“<i>Hon</i> the zither,” retorted the chairman, waxing mildly indignant; he
+meant zithern, but he called it a zither. “A hinstrument well-known to anybody
+as ’as ’ad any learning.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This sally was received with much favour, and a gentleman who claimed to be
+acquainted with the family history of the interrupter begged the chairman to
+excuse that ill-bred person on the ground that his mother used to get drunk
+with the twopence a week and never sent him to school.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Cheered by this breath of popularity, our little president endeavoured to
+complete his introduction of the Signorina. He again repeated that she was the
+world-renowned performer on the zithern; and, undeterred by the audible remark
+of a lady in the pit to the effect that she’d “never ’eard on ’er,” added:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“She will now, ladies and gentlemen, with your kind permission, give you
+examples of the—”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Blow yer zither!” here cried out the gentleman who had started the agitation;
+“we want Joss Jessop.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was the signal for much cheering and shrill whistling, in the midst of
+which a wag with a piping voice suggested as a reason for the favourite’s
+non-appearance that he had not been paid his last week’s salary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A temporary lull occurred at this point; and the chairman, seizing the
+opportunity to complete his oft-impeded speech, suddenly remarked, “songs of
+the Sunny South”; and immediately sat down and began hammering upon the table.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Signora Ballatino, clothed in the costume of the Sunny South, where
+clothes are less essential than in these colder climes, skipped airily forward,
+and was most ungallantly greeted with a storm of groans and hisses. Her beloved
+instrument was unfeelingly alluded to as a pie-dish, and she was advised to
+take it back and get the penny on it. The chairman, addressed by his Christian
+name of “Jimmee,” was told to lie down and let her sing him to sleep. Every
+time she attempted to start playing, shouts were raised for Joss.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length the chairman, overcoming his evident disinclination to take any sort
+of hand whatever in the game, rose and gently hinted at the desirability of
+silence. The suggestion not meeting with any support, he proceeded to adopt
+sterner measures. He addressed himself personally to the ringleader of the
+rioters, the man who had first championed the cause of the absent Joss. This
+person was a brawny individual, who, judging from appearances, followed in his
+business hours the calling of a coalheaver. “Yes, sir,” said the chairman,
+pointing a finger towards him, where he sat in the front row of the gallery;
+“you, sir, in the flannel shirt. I can see you. Will you allow this lady to
+give her entertainment?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“No,” answered he of the coalheaving profession, in stentorian tones.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Then, sir,” said the little chairman, working himself up into a state
+suggestive of Jove about to launch a thunderbolt—“then, sir, all I can say is
+that you are no gentleman.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This was a little too much, or rather a good deal too little, for the Signora
+Ballatino. She had hitherto been standing in a meek attitude of pathetic
+appeal, wearing a fixed smile of ineffable sweetness but she evidently felt
+that she could go a bit farther than that herself, even if she was a lady.
+Calling the chairman “an old messer,” and telling him for Gawd’s sake to shut
+up if that was all he could do for his living, she came down to the front, and
+took the case into her own hands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She did not waste time on the rest of the audience. She went direct for that
+coalheaver, and thereupon ensued a slanging match the memory of which sends a
+thrill of admiration through me even to this day. It was a battle worthy of the
+gods. He was a heaver of coals, quick and ready beyond his kind. During many
+years sojourn East and South, in the course of many wanderings from
+Billingsgate to Limehouse Hole, from Petticoat Lane to Whitechapel Road; out of
+eel-pie shop and penny gaff; out of tavern and street, and court and
+doss-house, he had gathered together slang words and terms and phrases, and
+they came back to him now, and he stood up against her manfully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But as well might the lamb stand up against the eagle, when the shadow of its
+wings falls across the green pastures, and the wind flies before its dark
+oncoming. At the end of two minutes he lay gasping, dazed, and speechless.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then she began.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She announced her intention of “wiping down the bloomin’ ’all” with him, and
+making it respectable; and, metaphorically speaking, that is what she did. Her
+tongue hit him between the eyes, and knocked him down and trampled on him. It
+curled round and round him like a whip, and then it uncurled and wound the
+other way. It seized him by the scruff of his neck, and tossed him up into the
+air, and caught him as he descended, and flung him to the ground, and rolled
+him on it. It played around him like forked lightning, and blinded him. It
+danced and shrieked about him like a host of whirling fiends, and he tried to
+remember a prayer, and could not. It touched him lightly on the sole of his
+foot and the crown of his head, and his hair stood up straight, and his limbs
+grew stiff. The people sitting near him drew away, not feeling it safe to be
+near, and left him alone, surrounded by space, and language.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was the most artistic piece of work of its kind that I have ever heard.
+Every phrase she flung at him seemed to have been woven on purpose to entangle
+him and to embrace in its choking folds his people and his gods, to strangle
+with its threads his every hope, ambition, and belief. Each term she put upon
+him clung to him like a garment, and fitted him without a crease. The last name
+that she called him one felt to be, until one heard the next, the one name that
+he ought to have been christened by.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+For five and three-quarter minutes by the clock she spoke, and never for one
+instant did she pause or falter; and in the whole of that onslaught there was
+only one weak spot.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+That was when she offered to make a better man than he was out of a Guy Fawkes
+and a lump of coal. You felt that one lump of coal would not have been
+sufficient.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At the end, she gathered herself together for one supreme effort, and hurled at
+him an insult so bitter with scorn, so sharp with insight into his career and
+character, so heavy with prophetic curse, that strong men drew and held their
+breath while it passed over them, and women hid their faces and shivered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then she folded her arms, and stood silent; and the house, from floor to
+ceiling, rose and cheered her until there was no more breath left in its lungs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In that one night she stepped from oblivion into success. She is now a famous
+“artiste.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But she does not call herself Signora Ballatino, and she does not play upon the
+zithern. Her name has a homelier sound, and her speciality is the delineation
+of coster character.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap05"></a>SILHOUETTES.</h2>
+
+<p>
+I fear I must be of a somewhat gruesome turn of mind. My sympathies are always
+with the melancholy side of life and nature. I love the chill October days,
+when the brown leaves lie thick and sodden underneath your feet, and a low
+sound as of stifled sobbing is heard in the damp woods—the evenings in late
+autumn time, when the white mist creeps across the fields, making it seem as
+though old Earth, feeling the night air cold to its poor bones, were drawing
+ghostly bedclothes round its withered limbs. I like the twilight of the long
+grey street, sad with the wailing cry of the distant muffin man. One thinks of
+him, as, strangely mitred, he glides by through the gloom, jangling his harsh
+bell, as the High Priest of the pale spirit of Indigestion, summoning the
+devout to come forth and worship. I find a sweetness in the aching dreariness
+of Sabbath afternoons in genteel suburbs—in the evil-laden desolateness of
+waste places by the river, when the yellow fog is stealing inland across the
+ooze and mud, and the black tide gurgles softly round worm-eaten piles.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I love the bleak moor, when the thin long line of the winding road lies white
+on the darkening heath, while overhead some belated bird, vexed with itself for
+being out so late, scurries across the dusky sky, screaming angrily. I love the
+lonely, sullen lake, hidden away in mountain solitudes. I suppose it was my
+childhood’s surroundings that instilled in me this affection for sombre hues.
+One of my earliest recollections is of a dreary marshland by the sea. By day,
+the water stood there in wide, shallow pools. But when one looked in the
+evening they were pools of blood that lay there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It was a wild, dismal stretch of coast. One day, I found myself there all
+alone—I forget how it came about—and, oh, how small I felt amid the sky and the
+sea and the sandhills! I ran, and ran, and ran, but I never seemed to move; and
+then I cried, and screamed, louder and louder, and the circling seagulls
+screamed back mockingly at me. It was an “unken” spot, as they say up North.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+In the far back days of the building of the world, a long, high ridge of stones
+had been reared up by the sea, dividing the swampy grassland from the sand.
+Some of these stones—“pebbles,” so they called them round about—were as big as
+a man, and many as big as a fair-sized house; and when the sea was angry—and
+very prone he was to anger by that lonely shore, and very quick to wrath; often
+have I known him sink to sleep with a peaceful smile on his rippling waves, to
+wake in fierce fury before the night was spent—he would snatch up giant
+handfuls of these pebbles and fling and toss them here and there, till the
+noise of their rolling and crashing could be heard by the watchers in the
+village afar off.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Old Nick’s playing at marbles to-night,” they would say to one another,
+pausing to listen. And then the women would close tight their doors, and try
+not to hear the sound.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Far out to sea, by where the muddy mouth of the river yawned wide, there rose
+ever a thin white line of surf, and underneath those crested waves there dwelt
+a very fearsome thing, called the Bar. I grew to hate and be afraid of this
+mysterious Bar, for I heard it spoken of always with bated breath, and I knew
+that it was very cruel to fisher folk, and hurt them so sometimes that they
+would cry whole days and nights together with the pain, or would sit with white
+scared faces, rocking themselves to and fro.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Once when I was playing among the sandhills, there came by a tall, grey woman,
+bending beneath a load of driftwood. She paused when nearly opposite to me,
+and, facing seaward, fixed her eyes upon the breaking surf above the Bar. “Ah,
+how I hate the sight of your white teeth!” she muttered; then turned and passed
+on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another morning, walking through the village, I heard a low wailing come from
+one of the cottages, while a little farther on a group of women were gathered
+in the roadway, talking. “Ay,” said one of them, “I thought the Bar was looking
+hungry last night.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So, putting one and the other together, I concluded that the “Bar” must be an
+ogre, such as a body reads of in books, who lived in a coral castle deep below
+the river’s mouth, and fed upon the fishermen as he caught them going down to
+the sea or coming home.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From my bedroom window, on moonlight nights, I could watch the silvery foam,
+marking the spot beneath where he lay hid; and I would stand on tip-toe,
+peering out, until at length I would come to fancy I could see his hideous form
+floating below the waters. Then, as the little white-sailed boats stole by him,
+tremblingly, I used to tremble too, lest he should suddenly open his grim jaws
+and gulp them down; and when they had all safely reached the dark, soft sea
+beyond, I would steal back to the bedside, and pray to God to make the Bar
+good, so that he would give up eating the poor fishermen.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another incident connected with that coast lives in my mind. It was the morning
+after a great storm—great even for that stormy coast—and the passion-worn
+waters were still heaving with the memory of a fury that was dead. Old Nick had
+scattered his marbles far and wide, and there were rents and fissures in the
+pebbly wall such as the oldest fisherman had never known before. Some of the
+hugest stones lay tossed a hundred yards away, and the waters had dug pits here
+and there along the ridge so deep that a tall man might stand in some of them,
+and yet his head not reach the level of the sand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Round one of these holes a small crowd was pressing eagerly, while one man,
+standing in the hollow, was lifting the few remaining stones off something that
+lay there at the bottom. I pushed my way between the straggling legs of a big
+fisher lad, and peered over with the rest. A ray of sunlight streamed down into
+the pit, and the thing at the bottom gleamed white. Sprawling there among the
+black pebbles it looked like a huge spider. One by one the last stones were
+lifted away, and the thing was left bare, and then the crowd looked at one
+another and shivered.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Wonder how he got there,” said a woman at length; “somebody must ha’ helped
+him.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Some foreign chap, no doubt,” said the man who had lifted off the stones;
+“washed ashore and buried here by the sea.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“What, six foot below the water-mark, wi’ all they stones atop of him?” said
+another.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That’s no foreign chap,” cried a grizzled old woman, pressing forward. “What’s
+that that’s aside him?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some one jumped down and took it from the stone where it lay glistening, and
+handed it up to her, and she clutched it in her skinny hand. It was a gold
+earring, such as fishermen sometimes wear. But this was a somewhat large one,
+and of rather unusual shape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“That’s young Abram Parsons, I tell ’ee, as lies down there,” cried the old
+creature, wildly. “I ought to know. I gave him the pair o’ these forty year
+ago.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+It may be only an idea of mine, born of after brooding upon the scene. I am
+inclined to think it must be so, for I was only a child at the time, and would
+hardly have noticed such a thing. But it seems to my remembrance that as the
+old crone ceased, another woman in the crowd raised her eyes slowly, and fixed
+them on a withered, ancient man, who leant upon a stick, and that for a moment,
+unnoticed by the rest, these two stood looking strangely at each other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From these sea-scented scenes, my memory travels to a weary land where dead
+ashes lie, and there is blackness—blackness everywhere. Black rivers flow
+between black banks; black, stunted trees grow in black fields; black withered
+flowers by black wayside. Black roads lead from blackness past blackness to
+blackness; and along them trudge black, savage-looking men and women; and by
+them black, old-looking children play grim, unchildish games.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When the sun shines on this black land, it glitters black and hard; and when
+the rain falls a black mist rises towards heaven, like the hopeless prayer of a
+hopeless soul.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By night it is less dreary, for then the sky gleams with a lurid light, and out
+of the darkness the red flames leap, and high up in the air they gambol and
+writhe—the demon spawn of that evil land, they seem.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Visitors who came to our house would tell strange tales of this black land, and
+some of the stories I am inclined to think were true. One man said he saw a
+young bull-dog fly at a boy and pin him by the throat. The lad jumped about
+with much sprightliness, and tried to knock the dog away. Whereupon the boy’s
+father rushed out of the house, hard by, and caught his son and heir roughly by
+the shoulder. “Keep still, thee young ---, can’t ’ee!” shouted the man angrily;
+“let ’un taste blood.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Another time, I heard a lady tell how she had visited a cottage during a
+strike, to find the baby, together with the other children, almost dying for
+want of food. “Dear, dear me!” she cried, taking the wee wizened mite from the
+mother’s arms, “but I sent you down a quart of milk, yesterday. Hasn’t the
+child had it?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Theer weer a little coom, thank ’ee kindly, ma’am,” the father took upon
+himself to answer; “but thee see it weer only just enow for the poops.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We lived in a big lonely house on the edge of a wide common. One night, I
+remember, just as I was reluctantly preparing to climb into bed, there came a
+wild ringing at the gate, followed by a hoarse, shrieking cry, and then a
+frenzied shaking of the iron bars.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then hurrying footsteps sounded through the house, and the swift opening and
+closing of doors; and I slipped back hastily into my knickerbockers and ran
+out. The women folk were gathered on the stairs, while my father stood in the
+hall, calling to them to be quiet. And still the wild ringing of the bell
+continued, and, above it, the hoarse, shrieking cry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My father opened the door and went out, and we could hear him striding down the
+gravel path, and we clung to one another and waited.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+After what seemed an endless time, we heard the heavy gate unbarred, and
+quickly clanged to, and footsteps returning on the gravel. Then the door opened
+again, and my father entered, and behind him a crouching figure that felt its
+way with its hands as it crept along, as a blind man might. The figure stood up
+when it reached the middle of the hall, and mopped its eyes with a dirty rag
+that it carried in its hand; after which it held the rag over the
+umbrella-stand and wrung it out, as washerwomen wring out clothes, and the dark
+drippings fell into the tray with a dull, heavy splut.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My father whispered something to my mother, and she went out towards the back;
+and, in a little while, we heard the stamping of hoofs—the angry plunge of a
+spur-startled horse—the rhythmic throb of the long, straight gallop, dying away
+into the distance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My mother returned and spoke some reassuring words to the servants. My father,
+having made fast the door and extinguished all but one or two of the lights,
+had gone into a small room on the right of the hall; the crouching figure,
+still mopping that moisture from its eyes, following him. We could hear them
+talking there in low tones, my father questioning, the other voice thick and
+interspersed with short panting grunts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+We on the stairs huddled closer together, and, in the darkness, I felt my
+mother’s arm steal round me and encompass me, so that I was not afraid. Then we
+waited, while the silence round our frightened whispers thickened and grew
+heavy till the weight of it seemed to hurt us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length, out of its depths, there crept to our ears a faint murmur. It
+gathered strength like the sound of the oncoming of a wave upon a stony shore,
+until it broke in a Babel of vehement voices just outside. After a few moments,
+the hubbub ceased, and there came a furious ringing—then angry shouts demanding
+admittance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Some of the women began to cry. My father came out into the hall, closing the
+room door behind him, and ordered them to be quiet, so sternly that they were
+stunned into silence. The furious ringing was repeated; and, this time, threats
+mingled among the hoarse shouts. My mother’s arm tightened around me, and I
+could hear the beating of her heart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The voices outside the gate sank into a low confused mumbling. Soon they died
+away altogether, and the silence flowed back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My father turned up the hall lamp, and stood listening.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suddenly, from the back of the house, rose the noise of a great crashing,
+followed by oaths and savage laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My father rushed forward, but was borne back; and, in an instant, the hall was
+full of grim, ferocious faces. My father, trembling a little (or else it was
+the shadow cast by the flickering lamp), and with lips tight pressed, stood
+confronting them; while we women and children, too scared to even cry, shrank
+back up the stairs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What followed during the next few moments is, in my memory, only a confused
+tumult, above which my father’s high, clear tones rise every now and again,
+entreating, arguing, commanding. I see nothing distinctly until one of the
+grimmest of the faces thrusts itself before the others, and a voice which, like
+Aaron’s rod, swallows up all its fellows, says in deep, determined bass, “Coom,
+we’ve had enow chatter, master. Thee mun give ’un up, or thee mun get out o’
+th’ way an’ we’ll search th’ house for oursel’.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then a light flashed into my father’s eyes that kindled something inside me, so
+that the fear went out of me, and I struggled to free myself from my mother’s
+arm, for the desire stirred me to fling myself down upon the grimy faces below,
+and beat and stamp upon them with my fists. Springing across the hall, he
+snatched from the wall where it hung an ancient club, part of a trophy of old
+armour, and planting his back against the door through which they would have to
+pass, he shouted, “Then be damned to you all, he’s in this room! Come and fetch
+him out.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+(I recollect that speech well. I puzzled over it, even at that time, excited
+though I was. I had always been told that only low, wicked people ever used the
+word “damn,” and I tried to reconcile things, and failed.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The men drew back and muttered among themselves. It was an ugly-looking weapon,
+studded with iron spikes. My father held it secured to his hand by a chain, and
+there was an ugly look about him also, now, that gave his face a strange
+likeness to the dark faces round him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But my mother grew very white and cold, and underneath her breath she kept
+crying, “Oh, will they never come—will they never come?” and a cricket
+somewhere about the house began to chirp.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then all at once, without a word, my mother flew down the stairs, and passed
+like a flash of light through the crowd of dusky figures. How she did it I
+could never understand, for the two heavy bolts had both been drawn, but the
+next moment the door stood wide open; and a hum of voices, cheery with the
+anticipation of a period of perfect bliss, was borne in upon the cool night
+air.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My mother was always very quick of hearing.
+</p>
+
+<p style="text-align: center">* * * * *
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Again, I see a wild crowd of grim faces, and my father’s, very pale, amongst
+them. But this time the faces are very many, and they come and go like faces in
+a dream. The ground beneath my feet is wet and sloppy, and a black rain is
+falling. There are women’s faces in the crowd, wild and haggard, and long
+skinny arms stretch out threateningly towards my father, and shrill, frenzied
+voices call out curses on him. Boys’ faces also pass me in the grey light, and
+on some of them there is an impish grin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I seem to be in everybody’s way; and to get out of it, I crawl into a dark,
+draughty corner and crouch there among cinders. Around me, great engines
+fiercely strain and pant like living things fighting beyond their strength.
+Their gaunt arms whirl madly above me, and the ground rocks with their
+throbbing. Dark figures flit to and fro, pausing from time to time to wipe the
+black sweat from their faces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The pale light fades, and the flame-lit night lies red upon the land. The
+flitting figures take strange shapes. I hear the hissing of wheels, the furious
+clanking of iron chains, the hoarse shouting of many voices, the hurrying tread
+of many feet; and, through all, the wailing and weeping and cursing that never
+seem to cease. I drop into a restless sleep, and dream that I have broken a
+chapel window, stone-throwing, and have died and gone to hell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At length, a cold hand is laid upon my shoulder, and I awake. The wild faces
+have vanished and all is silent now, and I wonder if the whole thing has been a
+dream. My father lifts me into the dog-cart, and we drive home through the
+chill dawn.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My mother opens the door softly as we alight. She does not speak, only looks
+her question. “It’s all over, Maggie,” answers my father very quietly, as he
+takes off his coat and lays it across a chair; “we’ve got to begin the world
+afresh.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+My mother’s arms steal up about his neck; and I, feeling heavy with a trouble I
+do not understand, creep off to bed.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div class="chapter">
+
+<h2><a name="chap06"></a>THE LEASE OF THE “CROSS KEYS.”</h2>
+
+<p>
+This story is about a shop: many stories are. One Sunday evening this Bishop
+had to preach a sermon at St. Paul’s Cathedral. The occasion was a very special
+and important one, and every God-fearing newspaper in the kingdom sent its own
+special representative to report the proceedings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, of the three reporters thus commissioned, one was a man of appearance so
+eminently respectable that no one would have thought of taking him for a
+journalist. People used to put him down for a County Councillor or an
+Archdeacon at the very least. As a matter of fact, however, he was a sinful
+man, with a passion for gin. He lived at Bow, and, on the Sabbath in question,
+he left his home at five o’clock in the afternoon, and started to walk to the
+scene of his labours. The road from Bow to the City on a wet and chilly Sunday
+evening is a cheerless one; who can blame him if on his way he stopped once or
+twice to comfort himself with “two” of his favourite beverage? On reaching St.
+Paul’s he found he had twenty minutes to spare—just time enough for one final
+“nip.” Half way down a narrow court leading out of the Churchyard he found a
+quiet little hostelry, and, entering the private bar, whispered insinuatingly
+across the counter:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Two of gin hot, if you please, my dear.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+His voice had the self-satisfied meekness of the successful ecclesiastic, his
+bearing suggested rectitude tempered by desire to avoid observation. The
+barmaid, impressed by his manner and appearance, drew the attention of the
+landlord to him. The landlord covertly took stock of so much of him as could be
+seen between his buttoned-up coat and his drawn-down hat, and wondered how so
+bland and innocent-looking a gentleman came to know of gin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A landlord’s duty, however, is not to wonder, but to serve. The gin was given
+to the man, and the man drank it. He liked it. It was good gin: he was a
+connoisseur, and he knew. Indeed, so good did it seem to him that he felt it
+would be a waste of opportunity not to have another twopen’orth. Therefore he
+had a second “go”; maybe a third. Then he returned to the Cathedral, and sat
+himself down with his notebook on his knee and waited.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As the service proceeded there stole over him that spirit of indifference to
+all earthly surroundings that religion and drink are alone able to bestow. He
+heard the good Bishop’s text and wrote it down. Then he heard the Bishop’s
+“sixthly and lastly,” and took that down, and looked at his notebook and
+wondered in a peaceful way what had become of the “firstly” to “fifthly”
+inclusive. He sat there wondering until the people round him began to get up
+and move away, whereupon it struck him swiftly and suddenly that be had been
+asleep, and had thereby escaped the main body of the discourse.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+What on earth was he to do? He was representing one of the leading religious
+papers. A full report of the sermon was wanted that very night. Seizing the
+robe of a passing wandsman, he tremulously inquired if the Bishop had yet left
+the Cathedral. The wandsman answered that he had not, but that he was just on
+the point of doing so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I must see him before he goes!” exclaimed the reporter, excitedly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“You can’t,” replied the wandsman. The journalist grew frantic.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell him,” he cried, “a penitent sinner desires to speak with him about the
+sermon he has just delivered. To-morrow it will be too late.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The wandsman was touched; so was the Bishop. He said he would see the poor
+fellow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+As soon as the door was shut the man, with tears in his eyes, told the Bishop
+the truth—leaving out the gin. He said that he was a poor man, and not in good
+health, that he had been up half the night before, and had walked all the way
+from Bow that evening. He dwelt on the disastrous results to himself and his
+family should he fail to obtain a report of the sermon. The Bishop felt sorry
+for the man. Also, he was anxious that his sermon should be reported.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, I trust it will be a warning to you against going to sleep in church,”
+he said, with an indulgent smile. “Luckily, I have brought my notes with me,
+and if you will promise to be very careful of them, and to bring them back to
+me the first thing in the morning, I will lend them to you.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+With this, the Bishop opened and handed to the man a neat little black leather
+bag, inside which lay a neat little roll of manuscript.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Better take the bag to keep it in,” added the Bishop. “Be sure and let me have
+them both back early to-morrow.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The reporter, when he examined the contents of the bag under a lamp in the
+Cathedral vestibule, could hardly believe his good fortune. The careful
+Bishop’s notes were so full and clear that for all practical purposes they were
+equal to a report. His work was already done. He felt so pleased with himself
+that he determined to treat himself to another “two” of gin, and, with this
+intent, made his way across to the little “public” before-mentioned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“It’s really excellent gin you sell here,” he said to the barmaid when he had
+finished; “I think, my dear, I’ll have just one more.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At eleven the landlord gently but firmly insisted on his leaving, and he went,
+assisted, as far as the end of the court, by the potboy. After he was gone, the
+landlord noticed a neat little black bag on the seat where he had been lying.
+Examining it closely, he discovered a brass plate between the handles, and upon
+the brass plate were engraved the owner’s name and title. Opening the bag, the
+landlord saw a neat little roll of manuscript, and across a corner of the
+manuscript was written the Bishop’s name and address.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The landlord blew a long, low whistle, and stood with his round eyes wide open
+gazing down at the open bag. Then he put on his hat and coat, and taking the
+bag, went out down the court, chuckling hugely as he walked. He went straight
+to the house of the Resident Canon and rang the bell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Tell Mr. ---,” he said to the servant, “that I must see him to-night. I
+wouldn’t disturb him at this late hour if it wasn’t something very important.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The landlord was ushered up. Closing the door softly behind him, he coughed
+deferentially.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, Mr. Peters” (I will call him “Peters”), said the Canon, “what is it?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, sir,” said Mr. Peters, slowly and deliberately, “it’s about that there
+lease o’ mine. I do hope you gentlemen will see your way to makin’ it
+twenty-one year instead o’ fourteen.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“God bless the man!” cried the Canon, jumping up indignantly, “you don’t mean
+to say you’ve come to me at eleven o’clock on a Sunday night to talk about your
+lease?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Well, not entirely, sir,” answered Peters, unabashed; “there’s another little
+thing I wished to speak to you about, and that’s this”—saying which, he laid
+the Bishop’s bag before the Canon and told his story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Canon looked at Mr. Peters, and Mr. Peters looked at the Canon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There must be some mistake,” said the Canon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“There’s no mistake,” said the landlord. “I had my suspicions when I first
+clapped eyes on him. I seed he wasn’t our usual sort, and I seed how he tried
+to hide his face. If he weren’t the Bishop, then I don’t know a Bishop when I
+sees one, that’s all. Besides, there’s his bag, and there’s his sermon.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Mr. Peters folded his arms and waited. The Canon pondered. Such things had been
+known to happen before in Church history. Why not again?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Does any one know of this besides yourself?” asked the Canon.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Not a livin’ soul,” replied Mr. Peters, “as yet.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I think—I think, Mr. Peters,” said the Canon, “that we may be able to extend
+your lease to twenty-one years.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Thank you kindly, sir,” said the landlord, and departed. Next morning the
+Canon waited on the Bishop and laid the bag before him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Oh,” said the Bishop cheerfully, “he’s sent it back by you, has he?”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“He has, sir,” replied the Canon; “and thankful I am that it was to me he
+brought it. It is right,” continued the Canon, “that I should inform your
+lordship that I am aware of the circumstances under which it left your hands.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Canon’s eye was severe, and the Bishop laughed uneasily.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“I suppose it wasn’t quite the thing for me to do,” he answered apologetically;
+“but there, all’s well that ends well,” and the Bishop laughed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+This stung the Canon. “Oh, sir,” he exclaimed, with a burst of fervour, “in
+Heaven’s name—for the sake of our Church, let me entreat—let me pray you never
+to let such a thing occur again.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Bishop turned upon him angrily.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“Why, what a fuss you make about a little thing!” he cried; then, seeing the
+look of agony upon the other’s face, he paused.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“How did you get that bag?” he asked.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+“The landlord of the Cross Keys brought it me,” answered the Canon; “you left
+it there last night.”
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The Bishop gave a gasp, and sat down heavily. When he recovered his breath, he
+told the Canon the real history of the case; and the Canon is still trying to
+believe it.
+</p>
+
+</div><!--end chapter-->
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOHN INGERFIELD AND OTHER STORIES ***</div>
+<div style='text-align:left'>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
+<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
+<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
+Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
+on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
+phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+  <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+    at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+  </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
+other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
+Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+        the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
+        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
+        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+        Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+        Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        works.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+        receipt of the work.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+        distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+    </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+
+</div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38a9a54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #2525 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2525)
diff --git a/old/jhnng10.txt b/old/jhnng10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0615ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/jhnng10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2770 @@
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of John Ingerfield etc by Jerome K. Jerome
+#25 in our series by Jeroke K. Jerome
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.  Do not remove this.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below.  We need your donations.
+
+
+John Ingerfield and Other Stories
+
+by Jerome K. Jerome
+
+February, 2001  [Etext #2525]
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Etext of John Ingerfield etc by Jerome K. Jerome
+******This file should be named jhnng10.txt or jhnng10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, jhnng11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, jhnng10a.txt
+
+
+This etext was prepared by David Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk
+from the 1912 Frank Palmer edition.
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included.  Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+
+Please note:  neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.  To be sure you have an
+up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
+in the first week of the next month.  Since our ftp program has
+a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
+look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
+new copy has at least one byte more or less.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.  This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-six text
+files per month, or 432 more Etexts in 1999 for a total of 2000+
+If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the
+total should reach over 200 billion Etexts given away this year.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001.  [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only ~5% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding; currently our funding is mostly
+from Michael Hart's salary at Carnegie-Mellon University, and an
+assortment of sporadic gifts; this salary is only good for a few
+more years, so we are looking for something to replace it, as we
+don't want Project Gutenberg to be so dependent on one person.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+
+All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are
+tax deductible to the extent allowable by law.  (CMU = Carnegie-
+Mellon University).
+
+For these and other matters, please mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg
+P. O. Box  2782
+Champaign, IL 61825
+
+When all other email fails. . .try our Executive Director:
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email.
+
+******
+
+To access Project Gutenberg etexts, use any Web browser
+to view http://promo.net/pg.  This site lists Etexts by
+author and by title, and includes information about how
+to get involved with Project Gutenberg.  You could also
+download our past Newsletters, or subscribe here.  This
+is one of our major sites, please email hart@pobox.com,
+for a more complete list of our various sites.
+
+To go directly to the etext collections, use FTP or any
+Web browser to visit a Project Gutenberg mirror (mirror
+sites are available on 7 continents; mirrors are listed
+at http://promo.net/pg).
+
+Mac users, do NOT point and click, typing works better.
+
+Example FTP session:
+
+ftp metalab.unc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 etext00 and etext01
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.??  [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+***
+
+**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here?  You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault.  So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you.  It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement.  If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from.  If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
+tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
+Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
+Carnegie-Mellon University (the "Project").  Among other
+things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works.  Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects".  Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from.  If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy.  If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS".  NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     etext or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+     cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+     net profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie-Mellon
+     University" within the 60 days following each
+     date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
+     your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
+scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
+free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
+you can think of.  Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
+Association / Carnegie-Mellon University".
+
+We are planning on making some changes in our donation structure
+in 2000, so you might want to email me, hart@pobox.com beforehand.
+
+
+
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
+
+
+
+
+JOHN INGERFIELD AND OTHER STORIES
+
+
+
+
+Contents
+
+To the Gentle Reader
+In Remembrance of John Ingerfield and of Anne, his Wife
+The Woman of the Saeter
+Variety Patter
+Silhouettes
+The Lease of the "Cross Keys"
+
+
+
+TO THE GENTLE READER;
+also
+TO THE GENTLE CRITIC.
+
+
+Once upon a time, I wrote a little story of a woman who was crushed
+to death by a python.  A day or two after its publication, a friend
+stopped me in the street.  "Charming little story of yours," he
+said," that about the woman and the snake; but it's not as funny as
+some of your things!"  The next week, a newspaper, referring to the
+tale, remarked, "We have heard the incident related before with
+infinitely greater humour."
+
+With this--and many similar experiences--in mind, I wish distinctly
+to state that "John Ingerfield," "The Woman of the Saeter," and
+"Silhouettes," are not intended to be amusing.  The two other items--
+"Variety Patter," and "The Lease of the Cross Keys"--I give over to
+the critics of the new humour to rend as they will; but "John
+Ingerfield," "The Woman of the Saeter," and "Silhouettes," I repeat,
+I should be glad if they would judge from some other standpoint than
+that of humour, new or old.
+
+
+IN REMEMBRANCE OF JOHN INGERFIELD AND OF ANNE, HIS WIFE
+A STORY OF OLD LONDON, IN TWO CHAPTERS
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+
+If you take the Underground Railway to Whitechapel Road (the East
+station), and from there take one of the yellow tramcars that start
+from that point, and go down the Commercial Road, past the George, in
+front of which starts--or used to stand--a high flagstaff, at the
+base of which sits--or used to sit--an elderly female purveyor of
+pigs' trotters at three-ha'pence apiece, until you come to where a
+railway arch crosses the road obliquely, and there get down and turn
+to the right up a narrow, noisy street leading to the river, and then
+to the right again up a still narrower street, which you may know by
+its having a public-house at one corner (as is in the nature of
+things) and a marine store-dealer's at the other, outside which
+strangely stiff and unaccommodating garments of gigantic size flutter
+ghost-like in the wind, you will come to a dingy railed-in
+churchyard, surrounded on all sides by cheerless, many-peopled
+houses.  Sad-looking little old houses they are, in spite of the
+tumult of life about their ever open doors.  They and the ancient
+church in their midst seem weary of the ceaseless jangle around them.
+Perhaps, standing there for so many years, listening to the long
+silence of the dead, the fretful voices of the living sound foolish
+in their ears.
+
+Peering through the railings on the side nearest the river, you will
+see beneath the shadow of the soot-grimed church's soot-grimed porch-
+-that is, if the sun happen, by rare chance, to be strong enough to
+cast any shadow at all in that region of grey light--a curiously high
+and narrow headstone that once was white and straight, not tottering
+and bent with age as it is now.  There is upon this stone a carving
+in bas-relief, as you will see for yourself if you will make your way
+to it through the gateway on the opposite side of the square.  It
+represents, so far as can be made out, for it is much worn by time
+and dirt, a figure lying on the ground with another figure bending
+over it, while at a little distance stands a third object.  But this
+last is so indistinct that it might be almost anything, from an angel
+to a post.
+
+And below the carving are the words (already half obliterated) that I
+have used for the title of this story.
+
+Should you ever wander of a Sunday morning within sound of the
+cracked bell that calls a few habit-bound, old-fashioned folk to
+worship within those damp-stained walls, and drop into talk with the
+old men who on such days sometimes sit, each in his brass-buttoned
+long brown coat, upon the low stone coping underneath those broken
+railings, you might hear this tale from them, as I did, more years
+ago than I care to recollect.
+
+But lest you do not choose to go to all this trouble, or lest the old
+men who could tell it you have grown tired of all talk, and are not
+to be roused ever again into the telling of tales, and you yet wish
+for the story, I will here set it down for you.
+
+But I cannot recount it to you as they told it to me, for to me it
+was only a tale that I heard and remembered, thinking to tell it
+again for profit, while to them it was a thing that had been, and the
+threads of it were interwoven with the woof of their own life.  As
+they talked, faces that I did not see passed by among the crowd and
+turned and looked at them, and voices that I did not hear spoke to
+them below the clamour of the street, so that through their thin
+piping voices there quivered the deep music of life and death, and my
+tale must be to theirs but as a gossip's chatter to the story of him
+whose breast has felt the press of battle.
+
+
+John Ingerfield, oil and tallow refiner, of Lavender Wharf,
+Limehouse, comes of a hard-headed, hard-fisted stock.  The first of
+the race that the eye of Record, piercing the deepening mists upon
+the centuries behind her, is able to discern with any clearness is a
+long-haired, sea-bronzed personage, whom men call variously Inge or
+Unger.  Out of the wild North Sea he has come.  Record observes him,
+one of a small, fierce group, standing on the sands of desolate
+Northumbria, staring landward, his worldly wealth upon his back.
+This consists of a two-handed battle-axe, value perhaps some forty
+stycas in the currency of the time.  A careful man, with business
+capabilities, may, however, manipulate a small capital to great
+advantage.  In what would appear, to those accustomed to our slow
+modern methods, an incredibly short space of time, Inge's two-handed
+battle-axe has developed into wide lands and many head of cattle;
+which latter continue to multiply with a rapidity beyond the dreams
+of present-day breeders.  Inge's descendants would seem to have
+inherited the genius of their ancestor, for they prosper and their
+worldly goods increase.  They are a money-making race.  In all times,
+out of all things, by all means, they make money.  They fight for
+money, marry for money, live for money, are ready to die for money.
+
+In the days when the most saleable and the highest priced article in
+the markets of Europe was a strong arm and a cool head, then each
+Ingerfield (as "Inge," long rooted in Yorkshire soil, had grown or
+been corrupted to) was a soldier of fortune, and offered his strong
+arm and his cool head to the highest bidder.  They fought for their
+price, and they took good care that they obtained their price; but,
+the price settled, they fought well, for they were staunch men and
+true, according to their lights, though these lights may have been
+placed somewhat low down, near the earth.
+
+Then followed the days when the chief riches of the world lay tossed
+for daring hands to grasp upon the bosom of the sea, and the sleeping
+spirit of the old Norse Rover stirred in their veins, and the lilt of
+a wild sea-song they had never heard kept ringing in their ears; and
+they built them ships and sailed for the Spanish Main, and won much
+wealth, as was their wont.
+
+Later on, when Civilisation began to lay down and enforce sterner
+rules for the game of life, and peaceful methods promised to prove
+more profitable than violent, the Ingerfields became traders and
+merchants of grave mien and sober life; for their ambition from
+generation to generation remains ever the same, their various
+callings being but means to an end.
+
+A hard, stern race of men they would seem to have been, but just--so
+far as they understood justice.  They have the reputation of having
+been good husbands, fathers, and masters; but one cannot help
+thinking of them as more respected than loved.
+
+They were men to exact the uttermost farthing due to them, yet not
+without a sense of the thing due from them, their own duty and
+responsibility--nay, not altogether without their moments of heroism,
+which is the duty of great men.  History relates how a certain
+Captain Ingerfield, returning with much treasure from the West
+Indies--how acquired it were, perhaps, best not to inquire too
+closely--is overhauled upon the high seas by King's frigate.  Captain
+of King's frigate sends polite message to Captain Ingerfield
+requesting him to be so kind as to promptly hand over a certain
+member of his ship's company, who, by some means or another, has made
+himself objectionable to King's friends, in order that he (the said
+objectionable person) may be forthwith hanged from the yard-arm.
+
+Captain Ingerfield returns polite answer to Captain of King's frigate
+that he (Captain Ingerfield) will, with much pleasure, hang any
+member of his ship's company that needs hanging, but that neither the
+King of England nor any one else on God Almighty's sea is going to do
+it for him.  Captain of King's frigate sends back word that if
+objectionable person be not at once given up he shall be compelled
+with much regret to send Ingerfield and his ship to the bottom of the
+Atlantic.  Replies Captain Ingerfield, "That is just what he will
+have to do before I give up one of my people," and fights the big
+frigate--fights it so fiercely that after three hours Captain of
+King's frigate thinks it will be good to try argument again, and
+sends therefore a further message, courteously acknowledging Captain
+Ingerfield's courage and skill, and suggesting that, he having done
+sufficient to vindicate his honour and renown, it would be politic to
+now hand over the unimportant cause of contention, and so escape with
+his treasure.
+
+"Tell your Captain," shouts back this Ingerfield, who has discovered
+there are sweeter things to fight for than even money, "that the Wild
+Goose has flown the seas with her belly full of treasure before now,
+and will, if it be God's pleasure, so do again, but that master and
+man in her sail together, fight together, and die together."
+
+Whereupon King's frigate pounds away more vigorously than ever, and
+succeeds eventually in carrying out her threat.  Down goes the Wild
+Goose, her last chase ended--down she goes with a plunge, spit
+foremost with her colours flying; and down with her goes every man
+left standing on her decks; and at the bottom of the Atlantic they
+lie to this day, master and man side by side, keeping guard upon
+their treasure.
+
+Which incident, and it is well authenticated, goes far to prove that
+the Ingerfields, hard men and grasping men though they be--men caring
+more for the getting of money than for the getting of love--loving
+more the cold grip of gold than the grip of kith or kin, yet bear
+buried in their hearts the seeds of a nobler manhood, for which,
+however, the barren soil of their ambition affords scant nourishment.
+
+The John Ingerfield of this story is a man very typical of his race.
+He has discovered that the oil and tallow refining business, though
+not a pleasant one, is an exceedingly lucrative one.  These are the
+good days when George the Third is king, and London is rapidly
+becoming a city of bright night.  Tallow and oil and all materials
+akin thereto are in ever-growing request, and young John Ingerfield
+builds himself a large refining house and warehouse in the growing
+suburb of Limehouse, which lies between the teeming river and the
+quiet fields, gathers many people round about him, puts his strong
+heart into his work, and prospers.
+
+All the days of his youth he labours and garners, and lays out and
+garners yet again.  In early middle age he finds himself a wealthy
+man.  The chief business of life, the getting of money, is
+practically done; his enterprise is firmly established, and will
+continue to grow with ever less need of husbandry.  It is time for
+him to think about the secondary business of life, the getting
+together of a wife and home, for the Ingerfields have ever been good
+citizens, worthy heads of families, openhanded hosts, making a brave
+show among friends and neighbours.
+
+John Ingerfield, sitting in his stiff, high-backed chair, in his
+stiffly, but solidly, furnished dining-room, above his counting-
+house, sipping slowly his one glass of port, takes counsel with
+himself.
+
+What shall she be?
+
+He is rich, and can afford a good article.  She must be young and
+handsome, fit to grace the fine house he will take for her in
+fashionable Bloomsbury, far from the odour and touch of oil and
+tallow.  She must be well bred, with a gracious, noble manner, that
+will charm his guests and reflect honour and credit upon himself; she
+must, above all, be of good family, with a genealogical tree
+sufficiently umbrageous to hide Lavender Wharf from the eyes of
+Society.
+
+What else she may or may not be he does not very much care.  She
+will, of course, be virtuous and moderately pious, as it is fit and
+proper that women should be.  It will also be well that her
+disposition be gentle and yielding, but that is of minor importance,
+at all events so far as he is concerned:  the Ingerfield husbands are
+not the class of men upon whom wives vent their tempers.
+
+Having decided in his mind WHAT she shall be, he proceeds to discuss
+with himself WHO she shall be.  His social circle is small.
+Methodically, in thought, he makes the entire round of it, mentally
+scrutinising every maiden that he knows.  Some are charming, some are
+fair, some are rich; but no one of them approaches near to his
+carefully considered ideal.
+
+He keeps the subject in his mind, and muses on it in the intervals of
+business.  At odd moments he jots down names as they occur to him
+upon a slip of paper, which he pins for the purpose on the inside of
+the cover of his desk.  He arranges them alphabetically, and when it
+is as complete as his memory can make it, he goes critically down the
+list, making a few notes against each.  As a result, it becomes clear
+to him that he must seek among strangers for his wife.
+
+He has a friend, or rather an acquaintance, an old school-fellow, who
+has developed into one of those curious social flies that in all ages
+are to be met with buzzing contentedly within the most exclusive
+circles, and concerning whom, seeing that they are neither rare nor
+rich, nor extraordinarily clever nor well born, one wonders "how the
+devil they got there!"  Meeting this man by chance one afternoon, he
+links his arm in his and invites him home to dinner.
+
+So soon as they are left alone, with the walnuts and wine between
+them, John Ingerfield says, thoughtfully cracking a hard nut between
+his fingers -
+
+"Will, I'm going to get married."
+
+"Excellent idea--delighted to hear it, I'm sure," replies Will,
+somewhat less interested in the information than in the delicately
+flavoured Madeira he is lovingly sipping.  "Who's the lady?"
+
+"I don't know, yet," is John Ingerfield's answer.
+
+His friend glances slyly at him over his glass, not sure whether he
+is expected to be amused or sympathetically helpful.
+
+"I want you to find one for me."
+
+Will Cathcart puts down his glass and stares at his host across the
+table.
+
+"Should be delighted to help you, Jack," he stammers, in an alarmed
+tone--"'pon my soul I should; but really don't know a damned woman I
+could recommend--'pon my soul I don't."
+
+"You must see a good many:  I wish you'd look out for one that you
+COULD recommend."
+
+"Certainly I will, my dear Jack!" answers the other, in a relieved
+voice.  "Never thought about 'em in that way before.  Daresay I shall
+come across the very girl to suit you.  I'll keep my eyes open and
+let you know."
+
+"I shall be obliged to you if you will," replies John Ingerfield,
+quietly; "and it's your turn, I think, to oblige me, Will.  I have
+obliged you, if you recollect."
+
+"Shall never forget it, my dear Jack," murmurs Will, a little
+uneasily.  "It was uncommonly good of you.  You saved me from ruin,
+Jack:  shall think about it to my dying day--'pon my soul I shall."
+
+"No need to let it worry you for so long a period as that," returns
+John, with the faintest suspicion of a smile playing round his firm
+mouth.  "The bill falls due at the end of next month.  You can
+discharge the debt then, and the matter will be off your mind."
+
+Will finds his chair growing uncomfortable under him, while the
+Madeira somehow loses its flavour.  He gives a short, nervous laugh.
+
+"By Jove," he says:  "so soon as that?  The date had quite slipped my
+memory."
+
+"Fortunate that I reminded you," says John, the smile round his lips
+deepening.
+
+Will fidgets on his seat.  "I'm afraid, my dear Jack," he says, "I
+shall have to get you to renew it, just for a month or two,--deuced
+awkward thing, but I'm remarkably short of money this year.  Truth
+is, I can't get what's owing to myself."
+
+"That's very awkward, certainly," replies his friend, "because I am
+not at all sure that I shall be able to renew it."
+
+Will stares at him in some alarm.  "But what am I to do if I hav'n't
+the money?"
+
+John Ingerfield shrugs his shoulders.
+
+"You don't mean, my dear Jack, that you would put me in prison?"
+
+"Why not?  Other people have to go there who can't pay their debts."
+
+Will Cathcart's alarm grows to serious proportions.  "But our
+friendship," he cries, "our--"
+
+"My dear Will," interrupts the other, "there are few friends I would
+lend three hundred pounds to and make no effort to get it back.  You,
+certainly, are not one of them."
+
+"Let us make a bargain," he continues.  "Find me a wife, and on the
+day of my marriage I will send you back that bill with, perhaps, a
+couple of hundred added.  If by the end of next month you have not
+introduced me to a lady fit to be, and willing to be, Mrs. John
+Ingerfield, I shall decline to renew it."
+
+John Ingerfield refills his own glass and hospitably pushes the
+bottle towards his guest--who, however, contrary to his custom, takes
+no notice of it, but stares hard at his shoe-buckles.
+
+"Are you serious?" he says at length.
+
+"Quite serious," is the answer.  "I want to marry.  My wife must be a
+lady by birth and education.  She must be of good family--of family
+sufficiently good, indeed, to compensate for the refinery.  She must
+be young and beautiful and charming.  I am purely a business man.  I
+want a woman capable of conducting the social department of my life.
+I know of no such lady myself.  I appeal to you, because you, I know,
+are intimate with the class among whom she must be sought."
+
+"There may be some difficulty in persuading a lady of the required
+qualifications to accept the situation," says Cathcart, with a touch
+of malice.
+
+"I want you to find one who will," says John Ingerfield.
+
+Early in the evening Will Cathcart takes leave of his host, and
+departs thoughtful and anxious; and John Ingerfield strolls
+contemplatively up and down his wharf, for the smell of oil and
+tallow has grown to be very sweet to him, and it is pleasant to watch
+the moonbeams shining on the piled-up casks.
+
+Six weeks go by.  On the first day of the seventh John takes Will
+Cathcart's acceptance from its place in the large safe, and lays it
+in the smaller box beside his desk, devoted to more pressing and
+immediate business.  Two days later Cathcart picks his way across the
+slimy yard, passes through the counting-house, and enters his
+friend's inner sanctum, closing the door behind him.
+
+He wears a jubilant air, and slaps the grave John on the back.  "I've
+got her, Jack," he cries.  "It's been hard work, I can tell you:
+sounding suspicious old dowagers, bribing confidential servants,
+fishing for information among friends of the family.  By Jove, I
+shall be able to join the Duke's staff as spy-in-chief to His
+Majesty's entire forces after this!"
+
+"What is she like?" asks John, without stopping his writing.
+
+"Like!  My dear Jack, you'll fall over head and ears in love with her
+the moment you see her.  A little cold, perhaps, but that will just
+suit you."
+
+"Good family?" asks John, signing and folding the letter he has
+finished.
+
+"So good that I was afraid at first it would be useless thinking of
+her.  But she's a sensible girl, no confounded nonsense about her,
+and the family are poor as church mice.  In fact--well, to tell the
+truth, we have become most excellent friends, and she told me herself
+frankly that she meant to marry a rich man, and didn't much care
+whom."
+
+"That sounds hopeful," remarks the would-be bridegroom, with his
+peculiar dry smile:  "when shall I have the pleasure of seeing her?"
+
+"I want you to come with me to-night to the Garden," replies the
+other; "she will be in Lady Heatherington's box, and I will introduce
+you."
+
+So that evening John Ingerfield goes to Covent Garden Theatre, with
+the blood running a trifle quicker in his veins, but not much, than
+would be the case were he going to the docks to purchase tallow--
+examines, covertly, the proposed article from the opposite side of
+the house, and approves her--is introduced to her, and, on closer
+inspection, approves her still more--receives an invitation to visit-
+-visits frequently, and each time is more satisfied of the rarity,
+serviceableness, and quality of the article.
+
+If all John Ingerfield requires for a wife is a beautiful social
+machine, surely here he has found his ideal.  Anne Singleton, only
+daughter of that persistently unfortunate but most charming of
+baronets, Sir Harry Singleton (more charming, it is rumoured, outside
+his family circle than within it), is a stately graceful, high-bred
+woman.  Her portrait, by Reynolds, still to be seen above the carved
+wainscoting of one of the old City halls, shows a wonderfully
+handsome and clever face, but at the same time a wonderfully cold and
+heartless one.  It is the face of a woman half weary of, half
+sneering at the world.  One reads in old family letters, whereof the
+ink is now very faded and the paper very yellow, long criticisms of
+this portrait.  The writers complain that if the picture is at all
+like her she must have greatly changed since her girlhood, for they
+remember her then as having a laughing and winsome expression.
+
+They say--they who knew her in after-life--that this earlier face
+came back to her in the end, so that the many who remembered opening
+their eyes and seeing her bending down over them could never
+recognise the portrait of the beautiful sneering lady, even when they
+were told whom it represented.
+
+But at the time of John Ingerfield's strange wooing she was the Anne
+Singleton of Sir Joshua's portrait, and John Ingerfield liked her the
+better that she was.
+
+He had no feeling of sentiment in the matter himself, and it
+simplified the case that she had none either.  He offered her a plain
+bargain, and she accepted it.  For all he knew or cared, her attitude
+towards this subject of marriage was the usual one assumed by women.
+Very young girls had their heads full of romantic ideas.  It was
+better for her and for him that she had got rid of them.
+
+"Ours will be a union founded on good sense," said John Ingerfield.
+
+"Let us hope the experiment will succeed," said Anne Singleton.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+
+But the experiment does not succeed.  The laws of God decree that man
+shall purchase woman, that woman shall give herself to man, for other
+coin than that of good sense.  Good sense is not a legal tender in
+the marriage mart.  Men and women who enter therein with only sense
+in their purse have no right to complain if, on reaching home, they
+find they have concluded an unsatisfactory bargain.
+
+John Ingerfield, when he asked Anne Singleton to be his wife, felt no
+more love for her than he felt for any of the other sumptuous
+household appointments he was purchasing about the same time, and
+made no pretence of doing so.  Nor, had he done so, would she have
+believed him; for Anne Singleton has learned much in her twenty-two
+summers and winters, and knows that love is only a meteor in life's
+sky, and that the true lodestar of this world is gold.  Anne
+Singleton has had her romance and buried it deep down in her deep
+nature and over its grave, to keep its ghost from rising, has piled
+the stones of indifference and contempt, as many a woman has done
+before and since.  Once upon a time Anne Singleton sat dreaming out a
+story.  It was a story old as the hills--older than some of them--but
+to her, then, it was quite new and very wonderful.  It contained all
+the usual stock material common to such stories:  the lad and the
+lass, the plighted troth, the richer suitors, the angry parents, the
+love that was worth braving all the world for.  One day into this
+dream there fell from the land of the waking a letter, a poor,
+pitiful letter:  "You know I love you and only you," it ran; "my
+heart will always be yours till I die.  But my father threatens to
+stop my allowance, and, as you know, I have nothing of my own except
+debts.  Some would call her handsome, but how can I think of her
+beside you?  Oh, why was money ever let to come into the world to
+curse us?" with many other puzzling questions of a like character,
+and much severe condemnation of Fate and Heaven and other parties
+generally, and much self-commiseration.
+
+Anne Singleton took long to read the letter.  When she had finished
+it, and had read it through again, she rose, and, crushing it her
+hand, flung it in the fire with a laugh, and as the flame burnt up
+and died away felt that her life had died with it, not knowing that
+bruised hearts can heal.
+
+So when John Ingerfield comes wooing, and speaks to her no word of
+love but only of money, she feels that here at last is a genuine
+voice that she can trust.  Love of the lesser side of life is still
+left to her.  It will be pleasant to be the wealthy mistress of a
+fine house, to give great receptions, to exchange the secret poverty
+of home for display and luxury.  These things are offered to her on
+the very terms she would have suggested herself.  Accompanied by love
+she would have refused them, knowing she could give none in return.
+
+But a woman finds it one thing not to desire affection and another
+thing not to possess it.  Day by day the atmosphere of the fine house
+in Bloomsbury grows cold and colder about her heart.  Guests warm it
+at times for a few hours, then depart, leaving it chillier than
+before.
+
+For her husband she attempts to feel indifference, but living
+creatures joined together cannot feel indifference for each other.
+Even two dogs in a leash are compelled to think of one another.  A
+man and wife must love or hate, like or dislike, in degree as the
+bond connecting them is drawn tight or allowed to hang slack.  By
+mutual desire their chains of wedlock have been fastened as loosely
+as respect for security will permit, with the happy consequence that
+her aversion to him does not obtrude itself beyond the limits of
+politeness.
+
+Her part of the contract she faithfully fulfils, for the Singletons
+also have their code of honour.  Her beauty, her tact, her charm, her
+influence, are devoted to his service--to the advancement of his
+position, the furtherance of his ambition.  Doors that would
+otherwise remain closed she opens to him.  Society, that would
+otherwise pass by with a sneer, sits round his table.  His wishes and
+pleasures are hers.  In all things she yields him wifely duty, seeks
+to render herself agreeable to him, suffers in silence his occasional
+caresses.  Whatever was implied in the bargain, that she will perform
+to the letter.
+
+He, on his side, likewise performs his part with businesslike
+conscientiousness--nay, seeing that the pleasing of her brings no
+personal gratification to himself--not without generosity.   He is
+ever thoughtful of and deferential to her, awarding her at all times
+an unvarying courteousness that is none the less sincere for being
+studied.  Her every expressed want is gratified, her every known
+distaste respected.  Conscious of his presence being an oppression to
+her, he is even careful not to intrude it upon her oftener than is
+necessary.
+
+At times he asks himself, somewhat pertinently, what he has gained by
+marriage--wonders whether this social race was quite the most
+interesting game he could have elected to occupy his leisure--wonders
+whether, after all, he would not have been happier over his counting-
+house than in these sumptuous, glittering rooms, where he always
+seems, and feels himself to be, the uninvited guest.
+
+The only feeling that a closer intimacy has created in him for his
+wife is that of indulgent contempt.  As there is no equality between
+man and woman, so there can be no respect.  She is a different being.
+He must either look up to her as superior to himself, or down upon
+her as inferior.  When a man does the former he is more or less in
+love, and love to John Ingerfield is an unknown emotion.  Her beauty,
+her charm, her social tact--even while he makes use of them for his
+own purposes, he despises as the weapons of a weak nature.
+
+So in their big, cold mansion John Ingerfield and Anne, his wife, sit
+far apart, strangers to one another, neither desiring to know the
+other nearer.
+
+About his business he never speaks to her, and she never questions
+him.  To compensate for the slight shrinkage of time he is able to
+devote to it, he becomes more strict and exacting; grows a harsher
+master to his people, a sterner creditor, a greedier dealer,
+squeezing the uttermost out of every one, feverish to grow richer, so
+that he may spend more upon the game that day by day he finds more
+tiresome and uninteresting.
+
+And the piled-up casks upon his wharves increase and multiply; and on
+the dirty river his ships and barges lie in ever-lengthening lines;
+and round his greasy cauldrons sweating, witch-like creatures swarm
+in ever-denser numbers, stirring oil and tallow into gold.
+
+Until one summer, from its nest in the far East, there flutters
+westward a foul thing.  Hovering over Limehouse suburb, seeing it
+crowded and unclean, liking its fetid smell, it settles down upon it.
+
+Typhus is the creature's name.  At first it lurks there unnoticed,
+battening upon the rich, rank food it finds around it, until, grown
+too big to hide longer, it boldly shows its hideous head, and the
+white face of Terror runs swiftly through alley and street, crying as
+it runs, forces itself into John Ingerfield's counting-house, and
+tells its tale.   John Ingerfield sits for a while thinking.  Then he
+mounts his horse and rides home at as hard a pace as the condition of
+the streets will allow.  In the hall he meets Anne going out, and
+stops her.
+
+"Don't come too near me," he says quietly.  "Typhus fever has broken
+out at Limehouse, and they say one can communicate it, even without
+having it oneself.  You had better leave London for a few weeks.  Go
+down to your father's:  I will come and fetch you when it is all
+over."
+
+He passes her, giving her a wide berth, and goes upstairs, where he
+remains for some minutes in conversation with his valet.  Then,
+coming down, he remounts and rides off again.
+
+After a little while Anne goes up into his room.  His man is kneeling
+in the middle of the floor, packing a valise.
+
+"Where are you to take it?" she asks.
+
+"Down to the wharf, ma'am," answers the man:  "Mr. Ingerfield is
+going to be there for a day or two."
+
+Then Anne sits in the great empty drawing-room, and takes HER turn at
+thinking.
+
+John Ingerfield finds, on his return to Limehouse, that the evil has
+greatly increased during the short time he has been away.  Fanned by
+fear and ignorance, fed by poverty and dirt, the scourge is spreading
+through the district like a fire.  Long smouldering in secret, it has
+now burst forth at fifty different points at once.  Not a street, not
+a court but has its "case."  Over a dozen of John's hands are down
+with it already.  Two more have sunk prostrate beside their work
+within the last hour.  The panic grows grotesque.  Men and women tear
+their clothes off, looking to see if they have anywhere upon them a
+rash or a patch of mottled skin, find that they have, or imagine that
+they have, and rush, screaming, half-undressed, into the street.  Two
+men, meeting in a narrow passage, both rush back, too frightened to
+pass each other.  A boy stoops down and scratches his leg--not an
+action that under ordinary circumstances would excite much surprise
+in that neighbourhood.  In an instant there is a wild stampede from
+the room, the strong trampling on the weak in their eagerness to
+escape.
+
+These are not the days of organised defence against disease.  There
+are kind hearts and willing hands in London town, but they are not
+yet closely enough banded together to meet a swift foe such as this.
+There are hospitals and charities galore, but these are mostly in the
+City, maintained by the City Fathers for the exclusive benefit of
+poor citizens and members of the guilds.  The few free hospitals are
+already over-crowded and ill-prepared.  Squalid, outlying Limehouse,
+belonging to nowhere, cared for by nobody, must fight for itself.
+
+John Ingerfield calls the older men together, and with their help
+attempts to instil some sense and reason into his terrified people.
+Standing on the step of his counting-house, and addressing as many of
+them as are not too scared to listen, he tells them of the danger of
+fear and of the necessity for calmness and courage.
+
+"We must face and fight this thing like men," he cries, in that deep,
+din-conquering voice that has served the Ingerfields in good stead on
+many a steel-swept field, on many a storm-struck sea; "there must be
+no cowardly selfishness, no faint-hearted despair.  If we've got to
+die we'll die; but please God we'll live.  Anyhow, we will stick
+together, and help each other.  I mean to stop here with you, and do
+what I can for you.  None of my people shall want."
+
+John Ingerfield ceases, and as the vibrations of his strong tones
+roll away a sweet voice from beside him rises clear and firm:-
+
+"I have come down to be with you also, and to help my husband.  I
+shall take charge of the nursing and tending of your sick, and I hope
+I shall be of some real use to you.  My husband and I are so sorry
+for you in your trouble.  I know you will be brave and patient.  We
+will all do our best, and be hopeful."
+
+He turns, half expecting to see only the empty air and to wonder at
+the delirium in his brain.  She puts her hand in his, and their eyes
+meet; and in that moment, for the first time in their lives, these
+two see one another.
+
+They speak no word.  There is no opportunity for words.  There is
+work to be done, and done quickly, and Anne grasps it with the greed
+of a woman long hungry for the joy of doing.  As John watches her
+moving swiftly and quietly through the bewildered throng,
+questioning, comforting, gently compelling, the thought comes to him,
+Ought he to allow her to be here, risking her life for his people?
+followed by the thought, How is he going to prevent it?  For in this
+hour the knowledge is born within him that Anne is not his property;
+that he and she are fellow hands taking their orders from the same
+Master; that though it be well for them to work together and help
+each other, they must not hinder one another.
+
+As yet John does not understand all this.  The idea is new and
+strange to him.  He feels as the child in a fairy story on suddenly
+discovering that the trees and flowers has he passed by carelessly a
+thousand times can think and talk.  Once he whispers to her of the
+labour and the danger, but she answers simply, "They are my people
+too, John:  it is my work"; and he lets her have her way.
+
+Anne has a true woman's instinct for nursing, and her strong sense
+stands her in stead of experience.  A glance into one or two of the
+squalid dens where these people live tells her that if her patients
+are to be saved they must be nursed away from their own homes; and
+she determines to convert the large counting-house--a long, lofty
+room at the opposite end of the wharf to the refinery--into a
+temporary hospital.  Selecting some seven or eight of the most
+reliable women to assist her, she proceeds to prepare it for its
+purpose.  Ledgers might be volumes of poetry, bills of lading mere
+street ballads, for all the respect that is shown to them.  The older
+clerks stand staring aghast, feeling that the end of all things is
+surely at hand, and that the universe is rushing down into space,
+until, their idleness being detected, they are themselves promptly
+impressed for the sacrilegious work, and made to assist in the
+demolition of their own temple.
+
+Anne's commands are spoken very sweetly, and are accompanied by the
+sweetest of smiles; but they are nevertheless commands, and somehow
+it does not occur to any one to disobey them.  John--stern,
+masterful, authoritative John, who has never been approached with
+anything more dictatorial than a timid request since he left Merchant
+Taylors' School nineteen years ago, who would have thought that
+something had suddenly gone wrong with the laws of Nature if he had
+been--finds himself hurrying along the street on his way to a
+druggist's shop, slackens his pace an instant to ask himself why and
+wherefore he is doing so, recollects that he was told to do so and to
+make haste back, marvels who could have dared to tell him to do
+anything and to make haste back, remembers that it was Anne, is not
+quite sure what to think about it, but hurries on.  He "makes haste
+back," is praised for having been so quick, and feels pleased with
+himself; is sent off again in another direction, with instructions
+what to say when he gets there.  He starts off (he is becoming used
+to being ordered about now).  Halfway there great alarm seizes him,
+for on attempting to say over the message to himself, to be sure that
+he has it quite right, he discovers he has forgotten it.  He pauses,
+nervous and excited; cogitates as to whether it will be safe for him
+to concoct a message of his own, weighs anxiously the chances--
+supposing that he does so--of being found out.  Suddenly, to his
+intense surprise and relief, every word of what he was told to say
+comes back to him; and he hastens on, repeating it over and over to
+himself as he walks, lest it should escape him again.
+
+And then a few hundred yards farther on there occurs one of the most
+extraordinary events that has ever happened in that street before or
+since:  John Ingerfield laughs.
+
+John Ingerfield, of Lavender Wharf, after walking two-thirds of Creek
+Lane, muttering to himself with his eyes on the ground, stops in the
+middle of the road and laughs; and one small boy, who tells the story
+to his dying day, sees him and hears him, and runs home at the top of
+his speed with the wonderful news, and is conscientiously slapped by
+his mother for telling lies.
+
+All that day Anne works like a heroine, John helping her, and
+occasionally getting in the way.  By night she has her little
+hospital prepared and three beds already up and occupied; and, all
+now done that can be done, she and John go upstairs to his old rooms
+above the counting-house.
+
+John ushers her into them with some misgiving, for by contrast with
+the house at  Bloomsbury they are poor and shabby.  He places her in
+the arm-chair near the fire, begging her to rest quiet, and then
+assists his old housekeeper, whose wits, never of the strongest, have
+been scared by the day's proceeding, to lay the meal.
+
+Anne's eyes follow him as he moves about the room.  Perhaps here,
+where all the real part of his life has been passed, he is more his
+true self than amid the unfamiliar surroundings of fashion; perhaps
+this simpler frame shows him to greater advantage; but Anne wonders
+how it is she has never noticed before that he is a well-set,
+handsome man.  Nor, indeed, is he so very old-looking.  Is it a trick
+of the dim light, or what?  He looks almost young.  But why should he
+not look young, seeing he is only thirty-six, and at thirty-six a man
+is in his prime?  Anne wonders why she has always thought of him as
+an elderly person.
+
+A portrait of one of John's ancestors hangs over the great
+mantelpiece--of that sturdy Captain Ingerfield who fought the King's
+frigate rather than give up one of his people.  Anne glances from the
+dead face to the living and notes the strong likeness between them.
+Through her half-closed eyes she sees the grim old captain hurling
+back his message of defiance, and his face is the face she saw a few
+hours ago, saying, "I mean to stop here with you and do what I can
+for you.  None of my people shall want."
+
+John is placing a chair for her at the table, and the light from the
+candles falls upon him.  She steals another glance at his face--a
+strong, stern, handsome face, capable of becoming a noble face.  Anne
+wonders if it has ever looked down tenderly at anyone; feels a sudden
+fierce pain at the thought; dismisses the thought as impossible;
+wonders, nevertheless, how tenderness would suit it; thinks she would
+like to see a look of tenderness upon it, simply out of curiosity;
+wonders if she ever will.
+
+She rouses herself from her reverie as John, with a smile, tells her
+supper is ready, and they seat themselves opposite each other, an odd
+air of embarrassment pervading.
+
+Day by day their work grows harder; day by day the foe grows
+stronger, fiercer, more all-conquering; and day by day, fighting side
+by side against it, John Ingerfield and Anne, his wife, draw closer
+to each other.  On the battle-field of life we learn the worth of
+strength.  Anne feels it good, when growing weary, to glance up and
+find him near her; feels it good, amid the troubled babel round her,
+to hear the deep, strong music of his voice.
+
+And John, watching Anne's fair figure moving to and fro among the
+stricken and the mourning; watching her fair, fluttering hands, busy
+with their holy work, her deep, soul-haunting eyes, changeful with
+the light and shade of tenderness; listening to her sweet, clear
+voice, laughing with the joyous, comforting the comfortless, gently
+commanding, softly pleading, finds creeping into his brain strange
+new thoughts concerning women--concerning this one woman in
+particular.
+
+One day, rummaging over an old chest, he comes across a coloured
+picture-book of Bible stories.  He turns the torn pages fondly,
+remembering the Sunday afternoons of long ago.  At one picture,
+wherein are represented many angels, he pauses; for in one of the
+younger angels of the group--one not quite so severe of feature as
+her sisters--he fancies he can trace resemblance to Anne.  He lingers
+long over it.  Suddenly there rushes through his brain the thought,
+How good to stoop and kiss the sweet feet of such a woman! and,
+thinking it, he blushes like a boy.
+
+So from the soil of human suffering spring the flowers of human love
+and joy, and from the flowers there fall the seeds of infinite pity
+for human pain, God shaping all things to His ends.
+
+Thinking of Anne, John's face grows gentler, his hand kinder;
+dreaming of him, her heart grows stronger, deeper, fuller.  Every
+available room in the warehouse has been turned into a ward, and the
+little hospital is open free to all, for John and Anne feel that the
+whole world are their people.  The piled-up casks are gone--shipped
+to Woolwich and Gravesend, bundled anywhere out of the way, as though
+oil and tallow and the gold they can be stirred into were matters of
+small moment in this world, not to be thought of beside such a thing
+as the helping of a human brother in sore strait.
+
+All the labour of the day seems light to them, looking forward to the
+hour when they sit together in John's old shabby dining-room above
+the counting-house.  Yet a looker-on might imagine such times dull to
+them; for they are strangely shy of one another, strangely sparing of
+words--fearful of opening the flood-gates of speech, feeling the
+pressure of the pent-up thought.
+
+One evening, John, throwing out words, not as a sop to the necessity
+for talk, but as a bait to catch Anne's voice, mentions girdle-cakes,
+remembers that his old housekeeper used to be famous for the making
+of them, and wonders if she has forgotten the art.
+
+Anne, answering tremulously, as though girdle-cakes were a somewhat
+delicate topic, claims to be a successful amateur of them herself.
+John, having been given always to understand that the talent for them
+was exceedingly rare, and one usually hereditary, respectfully doubts
+Anne's capabilities, deferentially suggesting that she is thinking of
+scones.  Anne indignantly repudiates the insinuation, knows quite
+well the difference between girdle-cakes and scones, offers to prove
+her powers by descending into the kitchen and making some then and
+there, if John will accompany her and find the things for her.
+
+John accepts the challenge, and, guiding Anne with one shy, awkward
+hand, while holding aloft a candle in the other, leads the way.  It
+is past ten o'clock, and the old housekeeper is in bed.  At each
+creaking stair they pause, to listen if the noise has awakened her;
+then, finding all silent, creep forward again, with suppressed
+laughter, wondering with alarm, half feigned, half real, what the
+prim, methodical dame would say were she to come down and catch them.
+
+They reach the kitchen, thanks more to the suggestions of a friendly
+cat than to John's acquaintanceship with the geography of his own
+house; and Anne rakes together the fire and clears the table for her
+work.  What possible use John is to her--what need there was for her
+stipulating that he should accompany her, Anne might find it
+difficult, if examined, to explain satisfactorily.  As for his
+"finding the things" for her, he has not the faintest notion where
+they are, and possesses no natural aptitude for discovery.  Told to
+find flour, he industriously searches for it in the dresser drawers;
+sent for the rolling-pin--the nature and characteristics of rolling-
+pins being described to him for his guidance--he returns, after a
+prolonged absence, with the copper stick.  Anne laughs at him; but
+really it would seem as though she herself were almost as stupid, for
+not until her hands are covered with flour does it occur to her that
+she has not taken that preliminary step in all cooking operations of
+rolling up her sleeves.
+
+She holds out her arms to John, first one and then the other, asking
+him sweetly if he minds doing it for her.  John is very slow and
+clumsy, but Anne stands very patient.  Inch by inch he peels the
+black sleeve from the white round arm.  Hundreds of times must he
+have seen those fair arms, bare to the shoulder, sparkling with
+jewels; but never before has he seen their wondrous beauty.  He longs
+to clasp them round his neck, yet is fearful lest his trembling
+fingers touching them as he performs his tantalising task may offend
+her.  Anne thanks him, and apologises for having given him so much
+trouble, and he murmurs some meaningless reply, and stands foolishly
+silent, watching her.
+
+Anne seems to find one hand sufficient for her cake-making, for the
+other rests idly on the table--very near to one of John's, as she
+would see were not her eyes so intent upon her work.  How the impulse
+came to him, where he--grave, sober, business-man John--learnt such
+story-book ways can never be known; but in one instant he is down on
+both knees, smothering the floury hand with kisses, and the next
+moment Anne's arms are round his neck and her lips against his, and
+the barrier between them is swept away, and the deep waters of their
+love rush together.
+
+With that kiss they enter a new life whereinto one may not follow
+them.  One thinks it must have been a life made strangely beautiful
+by self-forgetfulness, strangely sweet by mutual devotion--a life too
+ideal, perhaps, to have remained for long undimmed by the mists of
+earth.
+
+They who remember them at that time speak of them in hushed tones, as
+one speaks of visions.  It would almost seem as though from their
+faces in those days there shone a radiance, as though in their voices
+dwelt a tenderness beyond the tenderness of man.
+
+They seem never to rest, never to weary.  Day and night, through that
+little stricken world, they come and go, bearing healing and peace,
+till at last the plague, like some gorged beast of prey, slinks
+slowly back towards its lair, and men raise their heads and breathe.
+
+One afternoon, returning from a somewhat longer round than usual,
+John feels a weariness creeping into his limbs, and quickens his
+step, eager to reach home and rest.  Anne, who has been up all the
+previous night, is asleep, and not wishing to disturb her, he goes
+into the dining-room and sits down in the easy chair before the fire.
+The room strikes cold.  He stirs the logs, but they give out no
+greater heat.  He draws his chair right in front of them, and sits
+leaning over them with his feet on the hearth and his hands
+outstretched towards the blaze; yet he still shivers.
+
+Twilight fills the room and deepens into dusk.  He wonders listlessly
+how it is that Time seems to be moving with such swift strides.
+After a while he hears a voice close to him, speaking in a slow,
+monotonous tone--a voice curiously familiar to him, though he cannot
+tell to whom it belongs.  He does not turn his head, but sits
+listening to it drowsily.  It is talking about tallow:  one hundred
+and ninety-four casks of tallow, and they must all stand one inside
+the other.  It cannot be done, the voice complains pathetically.
+They will not go inside each other.  It is no good pushing them.
+See! they only roll out again.
+
+The voice grows wearily fretful.  Oh! why do they persist when they
+see it is impossible?  What fools they all are!
+
+Suddenly he recollects the voice, and starts up and stares wildly
+about him, trying to remember where he is.  With a fierce straining
+of his will he grips the brain that is slipping away from him, and
+holds it.  As soon as he feels sure of himself he steals out of the
+room and down the stairs.
+
+In the hall he stands listening; the house is very silent.  He goes
+to the head of the stairs leading to the kitchen and calls softly to
+the old housekeeper, and she comes up to him, panting and grunting as
+she climbs each step.  Keeping some distance from her, he asks in a
+whisper where Anne is.  The woman answers that she is in the
+hospital.
+
+"Tell her I have been called away suddenly on business," he says,
+speaking in quick, low tones:  "I shall be away for some days.  Tell
+her to leave here and return home immediately.  They can do without
+her here now.  Tell her to go back home at once.  I will join her
+there."
+
+He moves toward the door but stops and faces round again.
+
+"Tell her I beg and entreat her not to stop in this place an hour
+longer.  There is nothing to keep her now.  It is all over:  there is
+nothing that cannot be done by any one.  Tell her she must go home--
+this very night.  Tell her if she loves me to leave this place at
+once."
+
+The woman, a little bewildered by his vehemence, promises, and
+disappears down the stairs.  He takes his hat and cloak from the
+chair on which he had thrown them, and turns once more to cross the
+hall.  As he does so, the door opens and Anne enters.
+
+He darts back into the shadow, squeezing himself against the wall.
+Anne calls to him laughingly, then, as he does not answer, with a
+frightened accent:
+
+"John,--John, dear.  Was not that you?  Are not you there?"
+
+He holds his breath, and crouches still closer into the dark corner;
+and Anne, thinking she must have been mistaken in the dim light,
+passes him and goes upstairs.
+
+Then he creeps stealthily to the door, lets himself out and closes it
+softly behind him.
+
+After the lapse of a few minutes the old housekeeper plods upstairs
+and delivers John's message.  Anne, finding it altogether
+incomprehensible, subjects the poor dame to severe examination, but
+fails to elicit anything further.  What is the meaning of it?  What
+"business" can have compelled John, who for ten weeks has never let
+the word escape his lips, to leave her like this--without a word!
+without a kiss!  Then suddenly she remembers the incident of a few
+moments ago, when she had called to him, thinking she saw him, and he
+did not answer; and the whole truth strikes her full in the heart.
+
+She refastens the bonnet-strings she has been slowly untying, and
+goes down and out into the wet street.
+
+She makes her way rapidly to the house of the only doctor resident in
+the neighbourhood--a big, brusque-mannered man, who throughout these
+terrible two months has been their chief stay and help.  He meets her
+on her entrance with an embarrassed air that tells its own tale, and
+at once renders futile his clumsy attempts at acting
+
+How should he know where John is?  Who told her John had the fever--a
+great, strong, hulking fellow like that?  She has been working too
+hard, and has got fever on the brain.  She must go straight back
+home, or she will be having it herself.  She is more likely to take
+it than John.
+
+Anne, waiting till he has finished jerking out sentences while
+stamping up and down the room, says gently, taking no notice of his
+denials,--"If you will not tell me I must find out from some one
+else--that is all."  Then, her quick eyes noting his momentary
+hesitation, she lays her little hand on his rough paw, and, with the
+shamelessness of a woman who loves deeply, wheedles everything out of
+him that he has promised to keep secret.
+
+He stops her, however, as she is leaving the room.  "Don't go in to
+him now," he says; "he will worry about you.  Wait till to-morrow."
+
+So, while John lies counting endless casks of tallow, Anne sits by
+his side, tending her last "case."
+
+Often in his delirium he calls her name, and she takes his fevered
+hand in hers and holds it, and he falls asleep.
+
+Each morning the doctor comes and looks at him, asks a few questions
+and gives a few commonplace directions, but makes no comment.  It
+would be idle his attempting to deceive her.
+
+The days move slowly through the darkened room.  Anne watches his
+thin hands grow thinner, his sunken eyes grow bigger; yet remains
+strangely calm, almost contented.
+
+Very near the end there comes an hour when John wakes as from a
+dream, and remembers all things clearly.
+
+He looks at her half gratefully, half reproachfully.
+
+"Anne, why are you here?" he asks, in a low, laboured voice.  "Did
+they not give you my message?"
+
+For answer she turns her deep eyes upon him.
+
+"Would you have gone away and left me here to die?" she questions
+him, with a faint smile.
+
+She bends her head down nearer to him, so that her soft hair falls
+about his face.
+
+"Our lives were one, dear," she whispers to him.  "I could not have
+lived without you; God knew that.  We shall be together always."
+
+She kisses him, and laying his head upon her breast, softly strokes
+it as she might a child's; and he puts his weak arms around her.
+
+Later on she feels them growing cold about her, and lays him gently
+back upon the bed, looks for the last time into his eyes, then draws
+the lids down over them.
+
+His people ask that they may bury him in the churchyard hard by, so
+that he may always be among them; and, Anne consenting, they do all
+things needful with their own hands, wishful that no unloving labour
+may be mingled with their work.  They lay him close to the porch,
+where, going in and out the church, their feet will pass near to him;
+and one among them who is cunning with the graver's chisel shapes the
+stone.
+
+At the head he carves in bas-relief the figure of the good Samaritan
+tending the brother fallen by the way, and underneath the letters,
+"In Remembrance of John Ingerfield."
+
+He thinks to put a verse of Scripture immediately after; but the
+gruff doctor says, "Better leave a space, in case you want to add
+another name."
+
+So the stone remains a little while unfinished; till the same hand
+carves thereon, a few weeks later, "And of Anne, his Wife."
+
+
+
+
+THE WOMAN OF THE SAETER.
+
+
+
+Wild-reindeer stalking is hardly so exciting a sport as the evening's
+verandah talk in Norroway hotels would lead the trustful traveller to
+suppose.  Under the charge of your guide, a very young man with the
+dreamy, wistful eyes of those who live in valleys, you leave the
+farmstead early in the forenoon, arriving towards twilight at the
+desolate hut which, for so long as you remain upon the uplands, will
+be your somewhat cheerless headquarters.
+
+Next morning, in the chill, mist-laden dawn, you rise; and, after a
+breakfast of coffee and dried fish, shoulder your Remington, and step
+forth silently into the raw, damp air; the guide locking the door
+behind you, the key grating harshly in the rusty lock.
+
+For hour after hour you toil over the steep, stony ground, or wind
+through the pines, speaking in whispers, lest your voice reach the
+quick ears of your prey, that keeps its head ever pressed against the
+wind.  Here and there, in the hollows of the hills lie wide fields of
+snow, over which you pick your steps thoughtfully, listening to the
+smothered thunder of the torrent, tunnelling its way beneath your
+feet, and wondering whether the frozen arch above it be at all points
+as firm as is desirable.  Now and again, as in single file you walk
+cautiously along some jagged ridge, you catch glimpses of the green
+world, three thousand feet below you; though you gaze not long upon
+the view, for your attention is chiefly directed to watching the
+footprints of the guide, lest by deviating to the right or left you
+find yourself at one stride back in the valley--or, to be more
+correct, are found there.
+
+These things you do, and as exercise they are healthful and
+invigorating.  But a reindeer you never see, and unless, overcoming
+the prejudices of your British-bred conscience, you care to take an
+occasional pop at a fox, you had better have left your rifle at the
+hut, and, instead, have brought a stick which would have been
+helpful.  Notwithstanding which the guide continues sanguine, and in
+broken English, helped out by stirring gesture, tells of the terrible
+slaughter generally done by sportsmen under his superintendence, and
+of the vast herds that generally infest these fields; and when you
+grow sceptical upon the subject of Reins he whispers alluringly of
+Bears.
+
+Once in a way you will come across a track, and will follow it
+breathlessly for hours, and it will lead to a sheer precipice.
+Whether the explanation is suicide, or a reprehensible tendency on
+the part of the animal towards practical joking, you are left to
+decide for yourself.  Then, with many rough miles between you and
+your rest, you abandon the chase.
+
+But I speak from personal experience merely.
+
+All day long we had tramped through the pitiless rain, stopping only
+for an hour at noon to eat some dried venison and smoke a pipe
+beneath the shelter of an overhanging cliff.  Soon afterwards Michael
+knocked over a ryper (a bird that will hardly take the trouble to hop
+out of your way) with his gun-barrel, which incident cheered us a
+little; and, later on, our flagging spirits were still further
+revived by the discovery of apparently very recent deer-tracks.
+These we followed, forgetful, in our eagerness, of the lengthening
+distance back to the hut, of the fading daylight, of the gathering
+mist.  The track led us higher and higher, farther and farther into
+the mountains, until on the shores of a desolate rock-bound vand it
+abruptly ended, and we stood staring at one another, and the snow
+began to fall.
+
+Unless in the next half-hour we could chance upon a saeter, this
+meant passing the night upon the mountain.  Michael and I looked at
+the guide; but though, with characteristic Norwegian sturdiness, he
+put a bold face upon it, we could see that in that deepening darkness
+he knew no more than we did.  Wasting no time on words, we made
+straight for the nearest point of descent, knowing that any human
+habitation must be far below us.
+
+Down we scrambled, heedless of torn clothes and bleeding hands, the
+darkness pressing closer round us.  Then suddenly it became black--
+black as pitch--and we could only hear each other.  Another step
+might mean death.  We stretched out our hands, and felt each other.
+Why we spoke in whispers, I do not know, but we seemed afraid of our
+own voices.  We agreed there was nothing for it but to stop where we
+were till morning, clinging to the short grass; so we lay there side
+by side, for what may have been five minutes or may have been an
+hour.  Then, attempting to turn, I lost my grip and rolled.  I made
+convulsive efforts to clutch the ground, but the incline was too
+steep.  How far I fell I could not say, but at last something stopped
+me.  I felt it cautiously with my foot:  it did not yield, so I
+twisted myself round and touched it with my hand.  It seemed planted
+firmly in the earth.  I passed my arm along to the right, then to the
+left.  I shouted with joy.  It was a fence.
+
+Rising and groping about me, I found an opening, and passed through,
+and crept forward with palms outstretched until I touched the logs of
+a hut; then, feeling my way round, discovered the door, and knocked.
+There came no response, so I knocked louder; then pushed, and the
+heavy woodwork yielded, groaning.  But the darkness within was even
+darker than the darkness without.  The others had contrived to crawl
+down and join me.  Michael struck a wax vesta and held it up, and
+slowly the room came out of the darkness and stood round us.
+
+Then something rather startling happened.  Giving one swift glance
+about him, our guide uttered a cry, and rushed out into the night.
+We followed to the door, and called after him, but only a voice came
+to us out of the blackness, and the only words that we could catch,
+shrieked back in terror, were:  "Saetervronen!  Saetervronen!"  ("The
+woman of the saeter").
+
+"Some foolish superstition about the place, I suppose," said Michael.
+"In these mountain solitudes men breed ghosts for company.  Let us
+make a fire.  Perhaps, when he sees the light, his desire for food
+and shelter may get the better of his fears."
+
+We felt about in the small enclosure round the house, and gathered
+juniper and birch-twigs, and kindled a fire upon the open stove built
+in the corner of the room.  Fortunately, we had some dried reindeer
+and bread in our bag, and on that and the ryper and the contents of
+our flasks we supped.  Afterwards, to while away the time, we made an
+inspection of the strange eyrie we had lighted on.
+
+It was an old log-built saeter.  Some of these mountain farmsteads
+are as old as the stone ruins of other countries.  Carvings of
+strange beasts and demons were upon its blackened rafters, and on the
+lintel, in runic letters, ran this legend:  "Hund builded me in the
+days of Haarfager."  The house consisted of two large apartments.
+Originally, no doubt, these had been separate dwellings standing
+beside one another, but they were now connected by a long, low
+gallery.  Most of the scanty furniture was almost as ancient as the
+walls themselves, but many articles of a comparatively recent date
+had been added.  All was now, however, rotting and falling into
+decay.
+
+The place appeared to have been deserted suddenly by its last
+occupants.  Household utensils lay as they were left, rust and dirt
+encrusted on them.  An open book, limp and mildewed, lay face
+downwards on the table, while many others were scattered about both
+rooms, together with much paper, scored with faded ink.  The curtains
+hung in shreds about the windows; a woman's cloak, of an antiquated
+fashion, drooped from a nail behind the door.  In an oak chest we
+found a tumbled heap of yellow letters.  They were of various dates,
+extending over a period of four months; and with them, apparently
+intended to receive them, lay a large envelope, inscribed with an
+address in London that has since disappeared.
+
+Strong curiosity overcoming faint scruples, we read them by the dull
+glow of the burning juniper twigs, and, as we lay aside the last of
+them, there rose from the depths below us a wailing cry, and all
+night long it rose and died away, and rose again, and died away
+again; whether born of our brain or of some human thing, God knows.
+
+And these, a little altered and shortened, are the letters:-
+
+
+Extract from first letter:
+
+"I cannot tell you, my dear Joyce, what a haven of peace this place
+is to me after the racket and fret of town.  I am almost quite
+recovered already, and am growing stronger every day; and, joy of
+joys, my brain has come back to me, fresher and more vigorous, I
+think, for its holiday.  In this silence and solitude my thoughts
+flow freely, and the difficulties of my task are disappearing as if
+by magic.  We are perched upon a tiny plateau halfway up the
+mountain.  On one side the rock rises almost perpendicularly,
+piercing the sky; while on the other, two thousand feet below us, the
+torrent hurls itself into the black waters of the fiord.  The house
+consists of two rooms--or, rather, it is two cabins connected by a
+passage.  The larger one we use as a living room, and the other is
+our sleeping apartment.  We have no servant, but do everything for
+ourselves.  I fear sometimes Muriel must find it lonely.  The nearest
+human habitation is eight miles away, across the mountain, and not a
+soul comes near us.  I spend as much time as I can with her, however,
+during the day, and make up for it by working at night after she has
+gone to sleep; and when I question her, she only laughs, and answers
+that she loves to have me all to herself.  (Here you will smile
+cynically, I know, and say, 'Humph, I wonder will she say the same
+when they have been married six years instead of six months.')  At
+the rate I am working now I shall have finished my first volume by
+the spring, and then, my dear fellow, you must try and come over, and
+we will walk and talk together 'amid these storm-reared temples of
+the gods.'  I have felt a new man since I arrived here.  Instead of
+having to 'cudgel my brains,' as we say, thoughts crowd upon me.
+This work will make my name."
+
+
+Part of the third letter, the second being mere talk about the book
+(a history apparently) that the man was writing:
+
+"MY DEAR JOYCE,--I have written you two letters--this will make the
+third--but have been unable to post them.  Every day I have been
+expecting a visit from some farmer or villager, for the Norwegians
+are kindly people towards strangers--to say nothing of the
+inducements of trade.  A fortnight having passed, however, and the
+commissariat question having become serious, I yesterday set out
+before dawn, and made my way down to the valley; and this gives me
+something to tell you.  Nearing the village, I met a peasant woman.
+To my intense surprise, instead of returning my salutation, she
+stared at me, as if I were some wild animal, and shrank away from me
+as far as the width of the road would permit.  In the village the
+same experience awaited me.  The children ran from me, the people
+avoided me.  At last a grey-haired old man appeared to take pity on
+me, and from him I learnt the explanation of the mystery.  It seems
+there is a strange superstition attaching to this house in which we
+are living.  My things were brought up here by the two men who
+accompanied me from Drontheim, but the natives are afraid to go near
+the place, and prefer to keep as far as possible from any one
+connected with it.
+
+"The story is that the house was built by one Hund, 'a maker of
+runes' (one of the old saga writers, no doubt), who lived here with
+his young wife.  All went peacefully until, unfortunately for him, a
+certain maiden stationed at a neighbouring saeter grew to love him.
+
+"Forgive me if I am telling you what you know, but a 'saeter' is the
+name given to the upland pastures to which, during the summer, are
+sent the cattle, generally under the charge of one or more of the
+maids.  Here for three months these girls will live in their lonely
+huts, entirely shut off from the world.  Customs change little in
+this land.  Two or three such stations are within climbing distance
+of this house, at this day, looked after by the farmers' daughters,
+as in the days of Hund, 'maker of runes.'
+
+"Every night, by devious mountain paths, the woman would come and tap
+lightly at Hund's door.  Hund had built himself two cabins, one
+behind the other (these are now, as I think I have explained to you,
+connected by a passage); the smaller one was the homestead; in the
+other he carved and wrote, so that while the young wife slept the
+'maker of runes' and the saeter woman sat whispering.
+
+"One night, however, the wife learnt all things, but said no word.
+Then, as now, the ravine in front of the enclosure was crossed by a
+slight bridge of planks, and over this bridge the woman of the saeter
+passed and repassed each night.  On a day when Hund had gone down to
+fish in the fiord, the wife took an axe, and hacked and hewed at the
+bridge, yet it still looked firm and solid; and that night, as Hund
+sat waiting in his workshop, there struck upon his ears a piercing
+cry, and a crashing of logs and rolling rock, and then again the dull
+roaring of the torrent far below.
+
+"But the woman did not die unavenged; for that winter a man, skating
+far down the fiord, noticed a curious object embedded in the ice; and
+when, stooping, he looked closer, he saw two corpses, one gripping
+the other by the throat, and the bodies were the bodies of Hund and
+his young wife.
+
+"Since then, they say, the woman of the saeter haunts Hund's house,
+and if she sees a light within she taps upon the door, and no man may
+keep her out.  Many, at different times, have tried to occupy the
+house, but strange tales are told of them.  'Men do not live at
+Hund's saeter,' said my old grey-haired friend, concluding his tale,-
+-'they die there.'
+
+"I have persuaded some of the braver of the villagers to bring what
+provisions and other necessaries we require up to a plateau about a
+mile from the house and leave them there.  That is the most I have
+been able to do.  It comes somewhat as a shock to one to find men and
+women--fairly educated and intelligent as many of them are--slaves to
+fears that one would expect a child to laugh at.  But there is no
+reasoning with superstition."
+
+
+Extract from the same letter, but from a part seemingly written a day
+or two later:
+
+"At home I should have forgotten such a tale an hour after I had
+heard it, but these mountain fastnesses seem strangely fit to be the
+last stronghold of the supernatural.  The woman haunts me already.
+At night instead of working, I find myself listening for her tapping
+at the door; and yesterday an incident occurred that makes me fear
+for my own common sense.  I had gone out for a long walk alone, and
+the twilight was thickening into darkness as I neared home.  Suddenly
+looking up from my reverie, I saw, standing on a knoll the other side
+of the ravine, the figure of a woman.  She held a cloak about her
+head, and I could not see her face.  I took off my cap, and called
+out a good-night to her, but she never moved or spoke.  Then--God
+knows why, for my brain was full of other thoughts at the time--a
+clammy chill crept over me, and my tongue grew dry and parched.  I
+stood rooted to the spot, staring at her across the yawning gorge
+that divided us; and slowly she moved away, and passed into the
+gloom, and I continued my way.  I have said nothing to Muriel, and
+shall not.  The effect the story has had upon myself warns me not to
+do so."
+
+
+From a letter dated eleven days later:
+
+"She has come.  I have known she would, since that evening I saw her
+on the mountain; and last night she came, and we have sat and looked
+into each other's eyes.  You will say, of course, that I am mad--that
+I have not recovered from my fever--that I have been working too
+hard--that I have heard a foolish tale, and that it has filled my
+overstrung brain with foolish fancies:  I have told myself all that.
+But the thing came, nevertheless--a creature of flesh and blood? a
+creature of air? a creature of my own imagination?--what matter? it
+was real to me.
+
+"It came last night, as I sat working, alone.  Each night I have
+waited for it, listened for it--longed for it, I know now.  I heard
+the passing of its feet upon the bridge, the tapping of its hand upon
+the door, three times--tap, tap, tap.  I felt my loins grow cold, and
+a pricking pain about my head; and I gripped my chair with both
+hands, and waited, and again there came the tapping--tap, tap, tap.
+I rose and slipped the bolt of the door leading to the other room,
+and again I waited, and again there came the tapping--tap, tap, tap.
+Then I opened the heavy outer door, and the wind rushed past me,
+scattering my papers, and the woman entered in, and I closed the door
+behind her.  She threw her hood back from her head, and unwound a
+kerchief from about her neck, and laid it on the table.  Then she
+crossed and sat before the fire, and I noticed her bare feet were
+damp with the night dew.
+
+"I stood over against her and gazed at her, and she smiled at me--a
+strange, wicked smile, but I could have laid my soul at her feet.
+She never spoke or moved, and neither did I feel the need of spoken
+words, for I understood the meaning of those upon the Mount when they
+said, 'Let us make here tabernacles:  it is good for us to be here.'
+
+"How long a time passed thus I do not know, but suddenly the woman
+held her hand up, listening, and there came a faint sound from the
+other room.  Then swiftly she drew her hood about her face and passed
+out, closing the door softly behind her; and I drew back the bolt of
+the inner door and waited, and hearing nothing more, sat down, and
+must have fallen asleep in my chair.
+
+"I awoke, and instantly there flashed through my mind the thought of
+the kerchief the woman had left behind her, and I started from my
+chair to hide it.  But the table was already laid for breakfast, and
+my wife sat with her elbows on the table and her head between her
+hands, watching me with a look in her eyes that was new to me.
+
+"She kissed me, though her lips were cold; and I argued to myself
+that the whole thing must have been a dream.  But later in the day,
+passing the open door when her back was towards me, I saw her take
+the kerchief from a locked chest and look at it.
+
+"I have told myself it must have been a kerchief of her own, and that
+all the rest has been my imagination; that, if not, then my strange
+visitant was no spirit, but a woman; and that, if human thing knows
+human thing, it was no creature of flesh and blood that sat beside me
+last night.  Besides, what woman would she be?  The nearest saeter is
+a three-hours' climb to a strong man, and the paths are dangerous
+even in daylight:  what woman would have found them in the night?
+What woman would have chilled the air around her, and have made the
+blood flow cold through all my veins?  Yet if she come again I will
+speak to her.  I will stretch out my hand and see whether she be
+mortal thing or only air."
+
+
+The fifth letter:
+
+"MY DEAR JOYCE,--Whether your eyes will ever see these letters is
+doubtful.  From this place I shall never send them.  They would read
+to you as the ravings of a madman.  If ever I return to England I may
+one day show them to you, but when I do it will be when I, with you,
+can laugh over them.  At present I write them merely to hide away,--
+putting the words down on paper saves my screaming them aloud.
+
+"She comes each night now, taking the same seat beside the embers,
+and fixing upon me those eyes, with the hell-light in them, that burn
+into my brain; and at rare times she smiles, and all my being passes
+out of me, and is hers.  I make no attempt to work.  I sit listening
+for her footsteps on the creaking bridge, for the rustling of her
+feet upon the grass, for the tapping of her hand upon the door.  No
+word is uttered between us.  Each day I say:  'When she comes to-
+night I will speak to her.  I will stretch out my hand and touch
+her.'  Yet when she enters, all thought and will goes out from me.
+
+"Last night, as I stood gazing at her, my soul filled with her
+wondrous beauty as a lake with moonlight, her lips parted, and she
+started from her chair; and, turning, I thought I saw a white face
+pressed against the window, but as I looked it vanished.  Then she
+drew her cloak about her, and passed out.  I slid back the bolt I
+always draw now, and stole into the other room, and, taking down the
+lantern, held it above the bed.  But Muriel's eyes were closed as if
+in sleep."
+
+
+Extract from the sixth letter:
+
+"It is not the night I fear, but the day.  I hate the sight of this
+woman with whom I live, whom I call 'wife.'  I shrink from the blow
+of her cold lips, the curse of her stony eyes.  She has seen, she has
+learnt; I feel it, I know it.  Yet she winds her arms around my neck,
+and calls me sweetheart, and smoothes my hair with her soft, false
+hands.  We speak mocking words of love to one another, but I know her
+cruel eyes are ever following me.  She is plotting her revenge, and I
+hate her, I hate her, I hate her!"
+
+
+Part of the seventh letter:
+
+"This morning I went down to the fiord.  I told her I should not be
+back until the evening.  She stood by the door watching me until we
+were mere specks to one another, and a promontory of the mountain
+shut me from view.  Then, turning aside from the track, I made my
+way, running and stumbling over the jagged ground, round to the other
+side of the mountain, and began to climb again.  It was slow, weary
+work.  Often I had to go miles out of my road to avoid a ravine, and
+twice I reached a high point only to have to descend again.  But at
+length I crossed the ridge, and crept down to a spot from where,
+concealed, I could spy upon my own house.  She--my wife--stood by the
+flimsy bridge.  A short hatchet, such as butchers use, was in her
+hand.  She leant against a pine trunk, with her arm behind her, as
+one stands whose back aches with long stooping in some cramped
+position; and even at that distance I could see the cruel smile about
+her lips.
+
+"Then I recrossed the ridge, and crawled down again, and, waiting
+until evening, walked slowly up the path.  As I came in view of the
+house she saw me, and waved her handkerchief to me, and in answer I
+waved my hat, and shouted curses at her that the wind whirled away
+into the torrent.  She met me with a kiss, and I breathed no hint to
+her that I had seen.  Let her devil's work remain undisturbed.  Let
+it prove to me what manner of thing this is that haunts me.  If it be
+a spirit, then the bridge wilt bear it safely; if it be woman -
+
+"But I dismiss the thought.  If it be human thing, why does it sit
+gazing at me, never speaking? why does my tongue refuse to question
+it? why does all power forsake me in its presence, so that I stand as
+in a dream?  Yet if it be spirit, why do I hear the passing of her
+feet? and why does the night-rain glisten on her hair?
+
+"I force myself back into my chair.  It is far into the night, and I
+am alone, waiting, listening.  If it be spirit, she will come to me;
+and if it be woman, I shall hear her cry above the storm--unless it
+be a demon mocking me.
+
+"I have heard the cry.  It rose, piercing and shrill, above the
+storm, above the riving and rending of the bridge, above the downward
+crashing of the logs and loosened stones.  I hear it as I listen now.
+It is cleaving its way upward from the depths below.  It is wailing
+through the room as I sit writing.
+
+"I have crawled upon my belly to the utmost edge of the still
+standing pier, until I could feel with my hand the jagged splinters
+left by the fallen planks, and have looked down.  But the chasm was
+full to the brim with darkness.  I shouted, but the wind shook my
+voice into mocking laughter.  I sit here, feebly striking at the
+madness that is creeping nearer and nearer to me.  I tell myself the
+whole thing is but the fever in my brain.  The bridge was rotten.
+The storm was strong.  The cry is but a single one among the many
+voices of the mountain.  Yet still I listen; and it rises, clear and
+shrill, above the moaning of the pines, above the sobbing of the
+waters.  It beats like blows upon my skull, and I know that she will
+never come again."
+
+
+Extract from the last letter:
+
+"I shall address an envelope to you, and leave it among these
+letters.  Then, should I never come back, some chance wanderer may
+one day find and post them to you, and you will know.
+
+"My books and writings remain untouched.  We sit together of a night-
+-this woman I call 'wife' and I--she holding in her hands some
+knitted thing that never grows longer by a single stitch, and I with
+a volume before me that is ever open at the same page.  And day and
+night we watch each other stealthily, moving to and fro about the
+silent house; and at times, looking round swiftly, I catch the smile
+upon her lips before she has time to smooth it away.
+
+"We speak like strangers about this and that, making talk to hide our
+thoughts.  We make a pretence of busying ourselves about whatever
+will help us to keep apart from one another.
+
+"At night, sitting here between the shadows and the dull glow of the
+smouldering twigs, I sometimes think I hear the tapping I have learnt
+to listen for, and I start from my seat, and softly open the door and
+look out.  But only the Night stands there.  Then I close-to the
+latch, and she--the living woman--asks me in her purring voice what
+sound I heard, hiding a smile as she stoops low over her work; and I
+answer lightly, and, moving towards her, put my arm about her,
+feeling her softness and her suppleness, and wondering, supposing I
+held her close to me with one arm while pressing her from me with the
+other, how long before I should hear the cracking of her bones.
+
+"For here, amid these savage solitudes, I also am grown savage.  The
+old primeval passions of love and hate stir within me, and they are
+fierce and cruel and strong, beyond what you men of the later ages
+could understand.  The culture of the centuries has fallen from me as
+a flimsy garment whirled away by the mountain wind; the old savage
+instincts of the race lie bare.  One day I shall twine my fingers
+about her full white throat, and her eyes will slowly come towards
+me, and her lips will part, and the red tongue creep out; and
+backwards, step by step, I shall push her before me, gazing the while
+upon her bloodless face, and it will be my turn to smile.  Backwards
+through the open door, backwards along the garden path between the
+juniper bushes, backwards till her heels are overhanging the ravine,
+and she grips life with nothing but her little toes, I shall force
+her, step by step, before me.  Then I shall lean forward, closer,
+closer, till I kiss her purpling lips, and down, down, down, past the
+startled sea-birds, past the white spray of the foss, past the
+downward peeping pines, down, down, down, we will go together, till
+we find the thing that lies sleeping beneath the waters of the
+fiord."
+
+
+With these words ended the last letter, unsigned.  At the first
+streak of dawn we left the house, and, after much wandering, found
+our way back to the valley.  But of our guide we heard no news.
+Whether he remained still upon the mountain, or whether by some false
+step he had perished upon that night, we never learnt.
+
+
+
+VARIETY PATTER.
+
+
+
+My first appearance at a Music Hall was in the year one thousand
+eight hundred and s--.  Well, I would rather not mention the exact
+date.  I was fourteen at the time.  It was during the Christmas
+holidays, and my aunt had given me five shillings to go and see
+Phelps--I think it was Phelps--in Coriolanus--I think it was
+Coriolanus.  Anyhow, it was to see a high-class and improving
+entertainment, I know.
+
+I suggested that I should induce young Skegson, who lived in our
+road, to go with me.  Skegson is a barrister now, and could not tell
+you the difference between a knave of clubs and a club of knaves.  A
+few years hence he will, if he works hard, be innocent enough for a
+judge.  But at the period of which I speak he was a red-haired boy of
+worldly tastes, notwithstanding which I loved him as a brother.  My
+dear mother wished to see him before consenting to the arrangement,
+so as to be able to form her own opinion as to whether he was a fit
+and proper companion for me; and, accordingly, he was invited to tea.
+He came, and made a most favourable impression upon both my mother
+and my aunt.  He had a way of talking about the advantages of
+application to study in early life, and the duties of youth towards
+those placed in authority over it, that won for him much esteem in
+grown-up circles.  The spirit of the Bar had descended upon Skegson
+at a very early period of his career.
+
+My aunt, indeed, was so much pleased with him that she gave him two
+shillings towards his own expenses ("sprung half a dollar" was how he
+explained the transaction when we were outside), and commended me to
+his especial care.
+
+Skegson was very silent during the journey.  An idea was evidently
+maturing in his mind.  At the Angel he stopped and said:  "Look here,
+I'll tell you what we'll do.  Don't let's go and see that rot.  Let's
+go to a Music Hall."
+
+I gasped for breath.  I had heard of Music Halls.  A stout lady had
+denounced them across our dinner table on one occasion--fixing the
+while a steely eye upon her husband, who sat opposite and seemed
+uncomfortable--as low, horrid places, where people smoked and drank,
+and wore short skirts, and had added an opinion that they ought to be
+put down by the police--whether the skirts or the halls she did not
+explain.  I also recollected that our charwoman, whose son had lately
+left London for a protracted stay in Devonshire, had, in conversation
+with my mother, dated his downfall from the day when he first visited
+one of these places; and likewise that Mrs. Philcox's nursemaid, upon
+her confessing that she had spent an evening at one with her young
+man, had been called a shameless hussy, and summarily dismissed as
+being no longer a fit associate for the baby.
+
+But the spirit of lawlessness was strong within me in those days, so
+that I hearkened to the voice of Skegson, the tempter, and he lured
+my feet from the paths that led to virtue and Sadler's Wells, and we
+wandered into the broad and crowded ways that branch off from the
+Angel towards Merry Islington.
+
+Skegson insisted that we should do the thing in style, so we stopped
+at a shop near the Agricultural Hall and purchased some big cigars.
+A huge card in the window claimed for these that they were "the most
+satisfactory twopenny smokes in London."  I smoked two of them during
+the evening, and never felt more satisfied--using the word in its
+true sense, as implying that a person has had enough of a thing, and
+does not desire any more of it, just then--in all my life.  Where we
+went, and what we saw, my memory is not very clear upon.  We sat at a
+little marble table.  I know it was marble because it was so hard,
+and cool to the head.  From out of the smoky mist a ponderous
+creature of strange, undefined shape floated heavily towards us, and
+deposited a squat tumbler in front of me containing a pale yellowish
+liquor, which subsequent investigation has led me to believe must
+have been Scotch whisky.  It seemed to me then the most nauseous
+stuff I had ever swallowed.  It is curious to look back and notice
+how one's tastes change.
+
+I reached home very late and very sick.  That was my first
+dissipation, and, as a lesson, it has been of more practical use to
+me than all the good books and sermons in the world could have been.
+I can remember to this day standing in the middle of the room in my
+night-shirt, trying to catch my bed as it came round.
+
+Next morning I confessed everything to my mother, and, for several
+months afterwards, was a reformed character.  Indeed, the pendulum of
+my conscience swung too far the other way, and I grew exaggeratedly
+remorseful and unhealthily moral.
+
+There was published in those days, for the edification of young
+people, a singularly pessimistic periodical, entitled The Children's
+Band of Hope Review.  It was a magazine much in favour among grown-up
+people, and a bound copy of Vol. IX. had lately been won by my sister
+as a prize for punctuality (I fancy she must have exhausted all the
+virtue she ever possessed, in that direction, upon the winning of
+that prize.  At all events, I have noticed no ostentatious display of
+the quality in her later life.)  I had formerly expressed contempt
+for this book, but now, in my regenerate state, I took a morbid
+pleasure in poring over its denunciations of sin and sinners.  There
+was one picture in it that appeared peculiarly applicable to myself.
+It represented a gaudily costumed young man, standing on the topmost
+of three steep steps, smoking a large cigar.  Behind him was a very
+small church, and below, a bright and not altogether uninviting
+looking hell.  The picture was headed "The Three Steps to Ruin," and
+the three stairs were labelled respectively "Smoking," "Drinking,"
+"Gambling."  I had already travelled two-thirds of the road!  Was I
+going all the way, or should I be able to retrace those steps?  I
+used to lie awake at night and think about it till I grew half crazy.
+Alas! since then I have completed the descent, so where my future
+will be spent I do not care to think.
+
+Another picture in the book that troubled me was the frontispiece.
+This was a highly-coloured print, illustrating the broad and narrow
+ways.  The narrow way led upward past a Sunday-school and a lion to a
+city in the clouds.  This city was referred to in the accompanying
+letterpress as a place of "Rest and Peace," but inasmuch as the town
+was represented in the illustration as surrounded by a perfect mob of
+angels, each one blowing a trumpet twice his own size, and obviously
+blowing it for all he was worth, a certain confusion of ideas would
+seem to have crept into the allegory.
+
+The other path--the "broad way"--which ended in what at first glance
+appeared to be a highly successful display of fireworks, started from
+the door of a tavern, and led past a Music Hall, on the steps of
+which stood a gentleman smoking a cigar.  All the wicked people in
+this book smoked cigars--all except one young man who had killed his
+mother and died raving mad.  He had gone astray on short pipes.
+
+This made it uncomfortably clear to me which direction I had chosen,
+and I was greatly alarmed, until, on examining the picture more
+closely, I noticed, with much satisfaction, that about midway the two
+paths were connected by a handy little bridge, by the use of which it
+seemed feasible, starting on the one path and ending up on the other,
+to combine the practical advantages of both roads.  From subsequent
+observation I have come to the conclusion that a good many people
+have made a note of that little bridge.
+
+My own belief in the possibility of such convenient compromise must,
+I fear, have led to an ethical relapse, for there recurs to my mind a
+somewhat painful scene of a few months' later date, in which I am
+seeking to convince a singularly unresponsive landed proprietor that
+my presence in his orchard is solely and entirely due to my having
+unfortunately lost my way.
+
+It was not until I was nearly seventeen that the idea occurred to me
+to visit a Music Hall again.  Then, having regard to my double
+capacity of "Man About Town" and journalist (for I had written a
+letter to The Era, complaining of the way pit doors were made to
+open, and it had been inserted), I felt I had no longer any right to
+neglect acquaintanceship with so important a feature in the life of
+the people.  Accordingly, one Saturday night, I wended my way to the
+"Pav."; and there the first person that I ran against was my uncle.
+He laid a heavy hand upon my shoulder, and asked me, in severe tones,
+what I was doing there.  I felt this to be an awkward question, for
+it would have been useless trying to make him understand my real
+motives (one's own relations are never sympathetic), and I was
+somewhat nonplussed for an answer, until the reflection occurred to
+me:  What was HE doing there?  This riddle I, in my turn, propounded
+to him, with the result that we entered into treaty, by the terms of
+which it was agreed that no future reference should be made to the
+meeting by either of us--especially not in the presence of my aunt--
+and the compact was ratified according to the usual custom, my uncle
+paying the necessary expenses.
+
+In those days, we sat, some four or six of us, round a little table,
+on which were placed our drinks.  Now we have to balance them upon a
+narrow ledge; and ladies, as they pass, dip the ends of their cloaks
+into them, and gentlemen stir them up for us with the ferrules of
+their umbrellas, or else sweep them off into our laps with their coat
+tails, saying as they do so, "Oh, I beg your pardon."
+
+Also, in those days, there were "chairmen"--affable gentlemen, who
+would drink anything at anybody's expense, and drink any quantity of
+it, and never seem to get any fuller.  I was introduced to a Music
+Hall chairman once, and when I said to him, "What is your drink?" he
+took up the "list of beverages" that lay before him, and, opening it,
+waved his hand lightly across its entire contents, from clarets, past
+champagnes and spirits, down to liqueurs.  "That's my drink, my boy,"
+said he.  There was nothing narrow-minded or exclusive about his
+tastes.
+
+It was the chairman's duty to introduce the artists.  "Ladies and
+gentlemen," he would shout, in a voice that united the musical
+characteristics of a foghorn and a steam saw, "Miss 'Enerietta
+Montressor, the popular serio-comic, will now happear."  These
+announcements were invariably received with great applause by the
+chairman himself, and generally with chilling indifference by the
+rest of the audience.
+
+It was also the privilege of the chairman to maintain order, and
+reprimand evil-doers.  This he usually did very effectively,
+employing for the purpose language both fit and forcible.  One
+chairman that I remember seemed, however, to be curiously deficient
+in the necessary qualities for this part of his duty.  He was a mild
+and sleepy little man, and, unfortunately, he had to preside over an
+exceptionally rowdy audience at a small hall in the South-East
+district.  On the night that I was present, there occurred a great
+disturbance.  "Joss Jessop, the Monarch of Mirth," a gentleman
+evidently high in local request was, for some reason or other, not
+forthcoming, and in his place the management proposed to offer a
+female performer on the zithern, one Signorina Ballatino.
+
+The little chairman made the announcement in a nervous, deprecatory
+tone, as if he were rather ashamed of it himself.  "Ladies and
+gentlemen," he began,--the poor are staunch sticklers for etiquette:
+I overheard a small child explaining to her mother one night in Three
+Colts Street, Limehouse, that she could not get into the house
+because there was a "lady" on the doorstep, drunk,--"Signorina
+Ballatino, the world-renowned--"
+
+Here a voice from the gallery requested to know what had become of
+"Old Joss," and was greeted by loud cries of "'Ear, 'ear."
+
+The chairman, ignoring the interruption, continued:
+
+"--the world-renowned performer on the zither--"
+
+"On the whoter?" came in tones of plaintive inquiry from the back of
+the hall.
+
+"HON the zither," retorted the chairman, waxing mildly indignant; he
+meant zithern, but he called it a zither.  "A hinstrument well-known
+to anybody as 'as 'ad any learning."
+
+This sally was received with much favour, and a gentleman who claimed
+to be acquainted with the family history of the interrupter begged
+the chairman to excuse that ill-bred person on the ground that his
+mother used to get drunk with the twopence a week and never sent him
+to school.
+
+Cheered by this breath of popularity, our little president
+endeavoured to complete his introduction of the Signorina.  He again
+repeated that she was the world-renowned performer on the zithern;
+and, undeterred by the audible remark of a lady in the pit to the
+effect that she'd "never 'eard on 'er," added:
+
+"She will now, ladies and gentlemen, with your kind permission, give
+you examples of the--"
+
+"Blow yer zither!" here cried out the gentleman who had started the
+agitation; "we want Joss Jessop."
+
+This was the signal for much cheering and shrill whistling, in the
+midst of which a wag with a piping voice suggested as a reason for
+the favourite's non-appearance that he bad not been paid his last
+week's salary.
+
+A temporary lull occurred at this point; and the chairman, seizing
+the opportunity to complete his oft-impeded speech, suddenly
+remarked, "songs of the Sunny South"; and immediately sat down and
+began hammering upon the table.
+
+Then Signora Ballatino, clothed in the costume of the Sunny South,
+where clothes are less essential than in these colder climes, skipped
+airily forward, and was most ungallantly greeted with a storm of
+groans and hisses.  Her beloved instrument was unfeelingly alluded to
+as a pie-dish, and she was advised to take it back and get the penny
+on it.  The chairman, addressed by his Christian name of "Jimmee,"
+was told to lie down and let her sing him to sleep.  Every time she
+attempted to start playing, shouts were raised for Joss.
+
+At length the chairman, overcoming his evident disinclination to take
+any sort of hand whatever in the game, rose and gently hinted at the
+desirability of silence.  The suggestion not meeting with any
+support, he proceeded to adopt sterner measures.  He addressed
+himself personally to the ringleader of the rioters, the man who had
+first championed the cause of the absent Joss.  This person was a
+brawny individual, who, judging from appearances, followed in his
+business hours the calling of a coalheaver.  "Yes, sir," said the
+chairman, pointing a finger towards him, where he sat in the front
+row of the gallery; "you, sir, in the flannel shirt.  I can see you.
+Will you allow this lady to give her entertainment?"
+
+"No," answered he of the coalheaving profession, in stentorian tones.
+
+"Then, sir," said the little chairman, working himself up into a
+state suggestive of Jove about to launch a thunderbolt--"then, sir,
+all I can say is that you are no gentleman."
+
+This was a little too much, or rather a good deal too little, for the
+Signora Ballatino.  She had hitherto been standing in a meek attitude
+of pathetic appeal, wearing a fixed smile of ineffable sweetness but
+she evidently felt that she could go a bit farther than that herself,
+even if she was a lady.  Calling the chairman "an old messer," and
+telling him for Gawd's sake to shut up if that was all he could do
+for his living, she came down to the front, and took the case into
+her own hands.
+
+She did not waste time on the rest of the audience.  She went direct
+for that coalheaver, and thereupon ensued a slanging match the memory
+of which sends a trill of admiration through me even to this day.  It
+was a battle worthy of the gods.  He was a heaver of coals, quick and
+ready beyond his kind.  During many years sojourn East and South, in
+the course of many wanderings from Billingsgate to Limehouse Hole,
+from Petticoat Lane to White-chapel Road; out of eel-pie shop and
+penny gaff; out of tavern and street, and court and doss-house, he
+had gathered together slang words and terms and phrases, and they
+came back to him now, and he stood up against her manfully.
+
+But as well might the lamb stand up against the eagle, when the
+shadow of its wings falls across the green pastures, and the wind
+flies before its dark oncoming.  At the end of two minutes he lay
+gasping, dazed, and speechless.
+
+Then she began.
+
+She announced her intention of "wiping down the bloomin' 'all" with
+him, and making it respectable; and, metaphorically speaking, that is
+what she did.  Her tongue hit him between the eyes, and knocked him
+down and trampled on him.  It curled round and round him like a whip,
+and then it uncurled and wound the other way.  It seized him by the
+scruff of his neck, and tossed him up into the air, and caught him as
+he descended, and flung him to the ground, and rolled him on it.  It
+played around him like forked lightning, and blinded him.  It danced
+and shrieked about him like a host of whirling fiends, and he tried
+to remember a prayer, and could not.  It touched him lightly on the
+sole of his foot and the crown of his head, and his hair stood up
+straight, and his limbs grew stiff.  The people sitting near him drew
+away, not feeling it safe to be near, and left him alone, surrounded
+by space, and language.
+
+It was the most artistic piece of work of its kind that I have ever
+heard.  Every phrase she flung at him seemed to have been woven on
+purpose to entangle him and to embrace in its choking folds his
+people and his gods, to strangle with its threads his every hope,
+ambition, and belief.  Each term she put upon him clung to him like a
+garment, and fitted him without a crease.  The last name that she
+called him one felt to be, until one heard the next, the one name
+that he ought to have been christened by.
+
+For five and three-quarter minutes by the clock she spoke, and never
+for one instant did she pause or falter; and in the whole of that
+onslaught there was only one weak spot.
+
+That was when she offered to make a better man than he was out of a
+Guy Fawkes and a lump of coal.  You felt that one lump of coal would
+not have been sufficient.
+
+At the end, she gathered herself together for one supreme effort, and
+hurled at him an insult so bitter with scorn so sharp with insight
+into his career and character, so heavy with prophetic curse, that
+strong men drew and held their breath while it passed over them, and
+women hid their faces and shivered.
+
+Then she folded her arms, and stood silent; and the house, from floor
+to ceiling, rose and cheered her until there was no more breath left
+in its lungs.
+
+In that one night she stepped from oblivion into success.  She is now
+a famous "artiste."
+
+But she does not call herself Signora Ballatino, and she does not
+play upon the zithern.  Her name has a homelier sound, and her
+speciality is the delineation of coster character.
+
+
+
+SILHOUETTES.
+
+
+
+I fear I must be of a somewhat gruesome turn of mind.  My sympathies
+are always with the melancholy side of life and nature.  I love the
+chill October days, when the brown leaves lie thick and sodden
+underneath your feet, and a low sound as of stifled sobbing is heard
+in the damp woods--the evenings in late autumn time, when the white
+mist creeps across the fields, making it seem as though old Earth,
+feeling the night air cold to its poor bones, were drawing ghostly
+bedclothes round its withered limbs.  I like the twilight of the long
+grey street, sad with the wailing cry of the distant muffin man.  One
+thinks of him, as, strangely mitred, he glides by through the gloom,
+jangling his harsh bell, as the High Priest of the pale spirit of
+Indigestion, summoning the devout to come forth and worship.  I find
+a sweetness in the aching dreariness of Sabbath afternoons in genteel
+suburbs--in the evil-laden desolateness of waste places by the river,
+when the yellow fog is stealing inland across the ooze and mud, and
+the black tide gurgles softly round worm-eaten piles.
+
+I love the bleak moor, when the thin long line of the winding road
+lies white on the darkening heath, while overhead some belated bird,
+vexed with itself for being out so late, scurries across the dusky
+sky, screaming angrily.  I love the lonely, sullen lake, hidden away
+in mountain solitudes.  I suppose it was my childhood's surroundings
+that instilled in me this affection for sombre hues.  One of my
+earliest recollections is of a dreary marshland by the sea.  By day,
+the water stood there in wide, shallow pools.  But when one looked in
+the evening they were pools of blood that lay there.
+
+It was a wild, dismal stretch of coast.  One day, I found myself
+there all alone--I forget how it came about--and, oh, how small I
+felt amid the sky and the sea and the sandhills!  I ran, and ran, and
+ran, but I never seemed to move; and then I cried, and screamed,
+louder and louder, and the circling seagulls screamed back mockingly
+at me.  It was an "unken" spot, as they say up North.
+
+In the far back days of the building of the world, a long, high ridge
+of stones had been reared up by the sea, dividing the swampy
+grassland from the sand.  Some of these stones--"pebbles," so they
+called them round about--were as big as a man, and many as big as a
+fair-sized house; and when the sea was angry--and very prone he was
+to anger by that lonely shore, and very quick to wrath; often have I
+known him sink to sleep with a peaceful smile on his rippling waves,
+to wake in fierce fury before the night was spent--he would snatch up
+giant handfuls of these pebbles and fling and toss them here and
+there, till the noise of their rolling and crashing could be heard by
+the watchers in the village afar off.
+
+"Old Nick's playing at marbles to-night," they would say to one
+another, pausing to listen.  And then the women would close tight
+their doors, and try not to hear the sound.
+
+Far out to sea, by where the muddy mouth of the river yawned wide,
+there rose ever a thin white line of surf, and underneath those
+crested waves there dwelt a very fearsome thing, called the Bar.  I
+grew to hate and be afraid of this mysterious Bar, for I heard it
+spoken of always with bated breath, and I knew that it was very cruel
+to fisher folk, and hurt them so sometimes that they would cry whole
+days and nights together with the pain, or would sit with white
+scared faces, rocking themselves to and fro.
+
+Once when I was playing among the sandhills, there came by a tall,
+grey woman, bending beneath a load of driftwood.  She paused when
+nearly opposite to me, and, facing seaward, fixed her eyes upon the
+breaking surf above the Bar.  "Ah, how I hate the sight of your white
+teeth!" she muttered; then turned and passed on.
+
+Another morning, walking through the village, I heard a low wailing
+come from one of the cottages, while a little farther on a group of
+women were gathered in the roadway, talking.  "Ay," said one of them,
+"I thought the Bar was looking hungry last night."
+
+So, putting one and the other together, I concluded that the "Bar"
+must be an ogre, such as a body reads of in books, who lived in a
+coral castle deep below the river's mouth, and fed upon the fishermen
+as he caught them going down to the sea or coming home.
+
+From my bedroom window, on moonlight nights, I could watch the
+silvery foam, marking the spot beneath where he lay hid; and I would
+stand on tip-toe, peering out, until at length I would come to fancy
+I could see his hideous form floating below the waters.  Then, as the
+little white-sailed boats stole by him, tremblingly, I used to
+tremble too, lest he should suddenly open his grim jaws and gulp them
+down; and when they had all safely reached the dark, soft sea beyond,
+I would steal back to the bedside, and pray to God to make the Bar
+good, so that he would give up eating the poor fishermen.
+
+Another incident connected with that coast lives in my mind.  It was
+the morning after a great storm--great even for that stormy coast--
+and the passion-worn waters were still heaving with the memory of a
+fury that was dead.  Old Nick had scattered his marbles far and wide,
+and there were rents and fissures in the pebbly wall such as the
+oldest fisherman had never known before.  Some of the hugest stones
+lay tossed a hundred yards away, and the waters had dug pits here and
+there along the ridge so deep that a tall man might stand in some of
+them, and yet his head not reach the level of the sand.
+
+Round one of these holes a small crowd was pressing eagerly, while
+one man, standing in the hollow, was lifting the few remaining stones
+off something that lay there at the bottom.  I pushed my way between
+the straggling legs of a big fisher lad, and peered over with the
+rest.  A ray of sunlight streamed down into the pit, and the thing at
+the bottom gleamed white.  Sprawling there among the black pebbles it
+looked like a huge spider.  One by one the last stones were lifted
+away, and the thing was left bare, and then the crowd looked at one
+another and shivered.
+
+"Wonder how he got there," said a woman at length; "somebody must ha'
+helped him."
+
+"Some foreign chap, no doubt," said the man who had lifted off the
+stones; "washed ashore and buried here by the sea."
+
+"What, six foot below the water-mark, wi' all they stones atop of
+him?" said another.
+
+"That's no foreign chap," cried a grizzled old woman, pressing
+forward.  "What's that that's aside him?"
+
+Some one jumped down and took it from the stone where it lay
+glistening, and handed it up to her, and she clutched it in her
+skinny hand.  It was a gold earring, such as fishermen sometimes
+wear.  But this was a somewhat large one, and of rather unusual
+shape.
+
+"That's young Abram Parsons, I tell 'ee, as lies down there," cried
+the old creature, wildly.  "I ought to know.  I gave him the pair o'
+these forty year ago."
+
+It may be only an idea of mine, born of after brooding upon the
+scene.  I am inclined to think it must be so, for I was only a child
+at the time, and would hardly have noticed such a thing.  But it
+seems to my remembrance that as the old crone ceased, another woman
+in the crowd raised her eyes slowly, and fixed them on a withered,
+ancient man, who leant upon a stick, and that for a moment, unnoticed
+by the rest, these two stood looking strangely at each other.
+
+From these sea-scented scenes, my memory travels to a weary land
+where dead ashes lie, and there is blackness--blackness everywhere.
+Black rivers flow between black banks; black, stunted trees grow in
+black fields; black withered flowers by black wayside.  Black roads
+lead from blackness past blackness to blackness; and along them
+trudge black, savage-looking men and women; and by them black, old-
+looking children play grim, unchildish games.
+
+When the sun shines on this black land, it glitters black and hard;
+and when the rain falls a black mist rises towards heaven, like the
+hopeless prayer of a hopeless soul.
+
+By night it is less dreary, for then the sky gleams with a lurid
+light, and out of the darkness the red flames leap, and high up in
+the air they gambol and writhe--the demon spawn of that evil land,
+they seem.
+
+Visitors who came to our house would tell strange tales of this black
+land, and some of the stories I am inclined to think were true.  One
+man said he saw a young bull-dog fly at a boy and pin him by the
+throat.  The lad jumped about with much sprightliness, and tried to
+knock the dog away.  Whereupon the boy's father rushed out of the
+house, hard by, and caught his son and heir roughly by the shoulder.
+"Keep still, thee young --, can't 'ee!" shouted the man angrily; "let
+'un taste blood."
+
+Another time, I heard a lady tell how she had visited a cottage
+during a strike, to find the baby, together with the other children,
+almost dying for want of food.  "Dear, dear me!" she cried, taking
+the wee wizened mite from the mother's arms, "but I sent you down a
+quart of milk, yesterday.  Hasn't the child had it?"
+
+"Theer weer a little coom, thank 'ee kindly, ma'am," the father took
+upon himself to answer; "but thee see it weer only just enow for the
+poops."
+
+We lived in a big lonely house on the edge of a wide common.  One
+night, I remember, just as I was reluctantly preparing to climb into
+bed, there came a wild ringing at the gate, followed by a hoarse,
+shrieking cry, and then a frenzied shaking of the iron bars.
+
+Then hurrying footsteps sounded through the house, and the swift
+opening and closing of doors; and I slipped back hastily into my
+knickerbockers and ran out.  The women folk were gathered on the
+stairs, while my father stood in the hall, calling to them to be
+quiet.  And still the wild ringing of the bell continued, and, above
+it, the hoarse, shrieking cry.
+
+My father opened the door and went out, and we could hear him
+striding down the gravel path, and we clung to one another and
+waited.
+
+After what seemed an endless time, we heard the heavy gate unbarred,
+and quickly clanged to, and footsteps returning on the gravel.  Then
+the door opened again, and my father entered, and behind him a
+crouching figure that felt its way with its hands as it crept along,
+as a blind man might.  The figure stood up when it reached the middle
+of the hall, and mopped its eyes with a dirty rag that it carried in
+its hand; after which it held the rag over the umbrella-stand and
+wrung it out, as washerwomen wring out clothes, and the dark
+drippings fell into the tray with a dull, heavy splut.
+
+My father whispered something to my mother, and she went out towards
+the back; and, in a little while, we heard the stamping of hoofs--the
+angry plunge of a spur-startled horse--the rhythmic throb of the
+long, straight gallop, dying away into the distance.
+
+My mother returned and spoke some reassuring words to the servants.
+My father, having made fast the door and extinguished all but one or
+two of the lights, had gone into a small room on the right of the
+hall; the crouching figure, still mopping that moisture from its
+eyes, following him.  We could hear them talking there in low tones,
+my father questioning, the other voice thick and interspersed with
+short panting grunts.
+
+We on the stairs huddled closer together, and, in the darkness, I
+felt my mother's arm steal round me and encompass me, so that I was
+not afraid.  Then we waited, while the silence round our frightened
+whispers thickened and grew heavy till the weight of it seemed to
+hurt us.
+
+At length, out of its depths, there crept to our ears a faint murmur.
+It gathered strength like the sound of the oncoming of a wave upon a
+stony shore, until it broke in a Babel of vehement voices just
+outside.  After a few moments, the hubbub ceased, and there came a
+furious ringing--then angry shouts demanding admittance.
+
+Some of the women began to cry.  My father came out into the hall,
+closing the room door behind him, and ordered them to be quiet, so
+sternly that they were stunned into silence.  The furious ringing was
+repeated; and, this time, threats mingled among the hoarse shouts.
+My mother's arm tightened around me, and I could hear the beating of
+her heart.
+
+The voices outside the gate sank into a low confused mumbling.  Soon
+they died away altogether, and the silence flowed back.
+
+My father turned up the hall lamp, and stood listening.
+
+Suddenly, from the back of the house, rose the noise of a great
+crashing, followed by oaths and savage laughter.
+
+My father rushed forward, but was borne back; and, in an instant, the
+hall was full of grim, ferocious faces.  My father, trembling a
+little (or else it was the shadow cast by the flickering lamp), and
+with lips tight pressed, stood confronting them; while we women and
+children, too scared to even cry, shrank back up the stairs.
+
+What followed during the next few moments is, in my memory, only a
+confused tumult, above which my father's high, clear tones rise every
+now and again, entreating, arguing, commanding.  I see nothing
+distinctly until one of the grimmest of the faces thrusts itself
+before the others, and a voice which, like Aaron's rod, swallows up
+all its fellows, says in deep, determined bass, "Coom, we've had enow
+chatter, master.  Thee mun give 'un up, or thee mun get out o' th'
+way an' we'll search th' house for oursel'."
+
+Then a light flashed into my father's eyes that kindled something
+inside me, so that the fear went out of me, and I struggled to free
+myself from my mother's arm, for the desire stirred me to fling
+myself down upon the grimy faces below, and beat and stamp upon them
+with my fists.  Springing across the hall, he snatched from the wall
+where it hung an ancient club, part of a trophy of old armour, and
+planting his back against the door through which they would have to
+pass, he shouted, "Then be damned to you all, he's in this room!
+Come and fetch him out."
+
+(I recollect that speech well.  I puzzled over it, even at that time,
+excited though I was.  I had always been told that only low, wicked
+people ever used the word "damn," and I tried to reconcile things,
+and failed.)
+
+The men drew back and muttered among themselves.  It was an ugly-
+looking weapon, studded with iron spikes.  My father held it secured
+to his hand by a chain, and there was an ugly look about him also,
+now, that gave his face a strange likeness to the dark faces round
+him.
+
+But my mother grew very white and cold, and underneath her breath she
+kept crying, "Oh, will they never come--will they never come?" and a
+cricket somewhere about the house began to chirp.
+
+Then all at once, without a word, my mother flew down the stairs, and
+passed like a flash of light through the crowd of dusky figures.  How
+she did it I could never understand, for the two heavy bolts had both
+been drawn, but the next moment the door stood wide open; and a hum
+of voices, cheery with the anticipation of a period of perfect bliss,
+was borne in upon the cool night air.
+
+My mother was always very quick of hearing.
+
+
+Again, I see a wild crowd of grim faces, and my father's, very pale,
+amongst them.  But this time the faces are very many, and they come
+and go like faces in a dream.  The ground beneath my feet is wet and
+sloppy, and a black rain is falling.  There are women's faces in the
+crowd, wild and haggard, and long skinny arms stretch out
+threateningly towards my father, and shrill, frenzied voices call out
+curses on him.  Boys' faces also pass me in the grey light, and on
+some of them there is an impish grin.
+
+I seem to be in everybody's way; and to get out of it, I crawl into a
+dark, draughty corner and crouch there among cinders.  Around me,
+great engines fiercely strain and pant like living things fighting
+beyond their strength.  Their gaunt arms whirl madly above me, and
+the ground rocks with their throbbing.  Dark figures flit to and fro,
+pausing from time to time to wipe the black sweat from their faces.
+
+The pale light fades, and the flame-lit night lies red upon the land.
+The flitting figures take strange shapes.  I hear the hissing of
+wheels, the furious clanking of iron chains, the hoarse shouting of
+many voices, the hurrying tread of many feet; and, through all, the
+wailing and weeping and cursing that never seem to cease.  I drop
+into a restless sleep, and dream that I have broken a chapel window,
+stone-throwing, and have died and gone to hell.
+
+At length, a cold hand is laid upon my shoulder, and I awake.  The
+wild faces have vanished and all is silent now, and I wonder if the
+whole thing has been a dream.  My father lifts me into the dog-cart,
+and we drive home through the chill dawn.
+
+My mother opens the door softly as we alight.  She does not speak,
+only looks her question.  "It's all over, Maggie," answers my father
+very quietly, as he takes off his coat and lays it across a chair;
+"we've got to begin the world afresh."
+
+My mother's arms steal up about his neck; and I, feeling heavy with a
+trouble I do not understand, creep off to bed.
+
+
+
+THE LEASE OF THE "CROSS KEYS."
+
+
+
+This story is about a shop:  many stories are.  One Sunday evening
+this Bishop had to preach a sermon at St. Paul's Cathedral.  The
+occasion was a very special and important one, and every God-fearing
+newspaper in the kingdom sent its own special representative to
+report the proceedings.
+
+Now, of the three reporters thus commissioned, one was a man of
+appearance so eminently respectable that no one would have thought of
+taking him for a journalist.  People used to put him down for a
+County Councillor or an Archdeacon at the very least.  As a matter of
+fact, however, he was a sinful man, with a passion for gin.  He lived
+at Bow, and, on the Sabbath in question, he left his home at five
+o'clock in the afternoon, and started to walk to the scene of his
+labours.  The road from Bow to the City on a wet and chilly Sunday
+evening is a cheerless one; who can blame him if on his way he
+stopped once or twice to comfort himself with "two" of his favourite
+beverage?  On reaching St. Paul's he found he had twenty minutes to
+spare--just time enough for one final "nip."  Half way down a narrow
+court leading out of the Churchyard he found a quiet little hostelry,
+and, entering the private bar, whispered insinuatingly across the
+counter:
+
+"Two of gin hot, if you please, my dear."
+
+His voice had the self-satisfied meekness of the successful
+ecclesiastic, his bearing suggested rectitude tempered by desire to
+avoid observation.  The barmaid, impressed by his manner and
+appearance, drew the attention of the landlord to him.  The landlord
+covertly took stock of so much of him as could be seen between his
+buttoned-up coat and his drawn-down hat, and wondered how so bland
+and innocent-looking a gentleman came to know of gin.
+
+A landlord's duty, however, is not to wonder, but to serve.  The gin
+was given to the man, and the man drank it.  He liked it.  It was
+good gin:  he was a connoisseur, and he knew.  Indeed, so good did it
+seem to him that he felt it would be a waste of opportunity not to
+have another twopen'orth.  Therefore he had a second "go"; maybe a
+third.  Then he returned to the Cathedral, and sat himself down with
+his notebook on his knee and waited.
+
+As the service proceeded there stole over him that spirit of
+indifference to all earthly surroundings that religion and drink are
+alone able to bestow.  He heard the good Bishop's text and wrote it
+down.  Then he heard the Bishop's "sixthly and lastly," and took that
+down, and looked at his notebook and wondered in a peaceful way what
+had become of the "firstly" to "fifthly" inclusive.  He sat there
+wondering until the people round him began to get up and move away,
+whereupon it struck him swiftly and suddenly that be had been asleep,
+and had thereby escaped the main body of the discourse.
+
+What on earth was he to do?  He was representing one of the leading
+religious papers.  A full report of the sermon was wanted that very
+night.  Seizing the robe of a passing wandsman, he tremulously
+inquired if the Bishop had yet left the Cathedral.  The wandsman
+answered that he had not, but that he was just on the point of doing
+so.
+
+"I must see him before he goes!" exclaimed the reporter, excitedly.
+
+"You can't," replied the wandsman.  The journalist grew frantic.
+
+"Tell him," he cried, "a penitent sinner desires to speak with him
+about the sermon he has just delivered.  To-morrow it will be too
+late."
+
+The wandsman was touched; so was the Bishop.  He said he would see
+the poor fellow.
+
+As soon as the door was shut the man, with tears in his eyes, told
+the Bishop the truth--leaving out the gin.  He said that he was a
+poor man, and not in good health, that he had been up half the night
+before, and had walked all the way from Bow that evening.  He dwelt
+on the disastrous results to himself and his family should he fail to
+obtain a report of the sermon.  The Bishop felt sorry for the man.
+Also, he was anxious that his sermon should be reported.
+
+"Well, I trust it will be a warning to you against going to sleep in
+church," he said, with an indulgent smile.  "Luckily, I have brought
+my notes with me, and if you will promise to be very careful of them,
+and to bring them back to me the first thing in the morning, I will
+lend them to you."
+
+With this, the Bishop opened and handed to the man a neat little
+black leather bag, inside which lay a neat little roll of manuscript.
+
+"Better take the bag to keep it in," added the Bishop.  "Be sure and
+let me have them both back early to-morrow."
+
+The reporter, when he examined the contents of the bag under a lamp
+in the Cathedral vestibule, could hardly believe his good fortune.
+The careful Bishop's notes were so full and clear that for all
+practical purposes they were equal to a report.  His work was already
+done.  He felt so pleased with himself that he determined to treat
+himself to another "two" of gin, and, with this intent, made his way
+across to the little "public" before-mentioned.
+
+"It's really excellent gin you sell here," he said to the barmaid
+when he had finished; "I think, my dear, I'll have just one more."
+
+At eleven the landlord gently but firmly insisted on his leaving, and
+he went, assisted, as far as the end of the court, by the potboy.
+After he was gone, the landlord noticed a neat little black bag on
+the seat where he had been lying.  Examining it closely, he
+discovered a brass plate between the handles, and upon the brass
+plate were engraved the owner's name and title.  Opening the bag, the
+landlord saw a neat little roll of manuscript, and across a corner of
+the manuscript was written the Bishop's name and address.
+
+The landlord blew a long, low whistle, and stood with his round eyes
+wide open gazing down at the open bag.  Then he put on his hat and
+coat, and taking the bag, went out down the court, chuckling hugely
+as he walked.  He went straight to the house of the Resident Canon
+and rang the bell.
+
+"Tell Mr. --," he said to the servant, "that I must see him to-night.
+I wouldn't disturb him at this late hour if it wasn't something very
+important."
+
+The landlord was ushered up.  Closing the door softly behind him, he
+coughed deferentially.
+
+"Well, Mr. Peters" (I will call him "Peters"), said the Canon, "what
+is it?"
+
+"Well, sir," said Mr. Peters, slowly and deliberately, "it's about
+that there lease o' mine.  I do hope you gentlemen will see your way
+to makin' it twenty-one year instead o' fourteen."
+
+"God bless the man!" cried the Canon, jumping up indignantly, "you
+don't mean to say you've come to me at eleven o'clock on a Sunday
+night to talk about your lease?"
+
+"Well, not entirely, sir," answered Peters, unabashed; "there's
+another little thing I wished to speak to you about, and that's
+this"--saying which, he laid the Bishop's bag before the Canon and
+told his story.
+
+The Canon looked at Mr. Peters, and Mr. Peters looked at the Canon.
+
+"There must be some mistake," said the Canon.
+
+"There's no mistake," said the landlord.  "I had my suspicions when I
+first clapped eyes on him.  I seed he wasn't our usual sort, and I
+seed how he tried to hide his face.  If he weren't the Bishop, then I
+don't know a Bishop when I sees one, that's all.  Besides, there's
+his bag, and there's his sermon."
+
+Mr. Peters folded his arms and waited.  The Canon pondered.  Such
+things had been known to happen before in Church history.  Why not
+again?
+
+"Does any one know of this besides yourself?" asked the Canon.
+
+"Not a livin' soul," replied Mr. Peters, "as yet."
+
+"I think--I think, Mr. Peters," said the Canon, "that we may be able
+to extend your lease to twenty-one years."
+
+"Thank you kindly, sir," said the landlord, and departed.  Next
+morning the Canon waited on the Bishop and laid the bag before him.
+
+"Oh," said the Bishop cheerfully, "he's sent it back by you, has he?"
+
+"He has, sir," replied the Canon; "and thankful I am that it was to
+me he brought it.  It is right," continued the Canon, "that I should
+inform your lordship that I am aware of the circumstances under which
+it left your hands."
+
+The Canon's eye was severe, and the Bishop laughed uneasily.
+
+"I suppose it wasn't quite the thing for me to do," he answered
+apologetically; "but there, all's well that ends well," and the
+Bishop laughed.
+
+This stung the Canon.  "Oh, sir," he exclaimed, with a burst of
+fervour, "in Heaven's name--for the sake of our Church, let me
+entreat--let me pray you never to let such a thing occur again."
+
+The Bishop turned upon him angrily.
+
+"Why, what a fuss you make about a little thing!" he cried; then,
+seeing the look of agony upon the other's face, he paused.
+
+"How did you get that bag?" he asked.
+
+"The landlord of the Cross Keys brought it me," answered the Canon;
+"you left it there last night."
+
+The Bishop gave a gasp, and sat down heavily.  When he recovered his
+breath, he told the Canon the real history of the case; and the Canon
+is still trying to believe it.
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg eText John Ingerfield and Other Stories
diff --git a/old/jhnng10.zip b/old/jhnng10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42ca88b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/jhnng10.zip